2011 CURB REPLACEMENT PROJECT - 11-0037-EN x r
Y OF CLEARWA
�1 � IE I sb`. kG r,, 17 � liiltl�� A-758-C-4 a8
1 '3vP i,eraG,. BriI'laIr 100S ,r r3i Ntb.. A,r aL," !s.
1
E
l.'•E'" ..,.3� s 1�373io ImF%I:.
February 29, 2012
Castro Construction, Inc.
A Mr. Israel Castro, President
9001 — 126'h venue N c:rth
Largo, Florida 33 733
Re: 2011 Garb Replacement Project (1.1-00 - )
Dear-Mr. Castro
The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of February 03, 2012.
Howev,er, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept
the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads:
"The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to
other°work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance".
Attached please find your contractors evaluation for this project.
'very truly yours,
� 0111e�,- .
Tara L. Kivett
Engineering Construction Manager
City of Cleanvater
r`ae
cc: Melvin Maciolek, Engineering Specialist 1 - Storinwater
Roger Larkin, Construction Inspector 11
Susan Chase, Documents & records Specialist
Project bile
Warranty F11c
CITY OF CLEARWATER CONSTRUCTION DIVISION
CONTRACTOR'S PAST PERFORMANCE REPORT
Contractor: —Castco Construction,,Inc. FIN Project No.: N/A
Address: 9001, — 126"' Avenue North County: Pinellas
City/State/Zip: Largo. florida 33773 Type of Work: Curb R, 'Incill
Phone: -17271 -55,85-4714 Fax No.: (727) 585-5091
Project Name & Number: 2011 Curb Replacement Project (11-0037-EN)
Completion Date: February 03. 2012 Final Contract Arnount: $66,970.50
ANSWER ALL_QUESTIONS
Performance Maximun-i Rated
Value Value
I. Pursuit of the VTork. 12
2. Proper MOT and 'Minimlze Impacts to Traveling Public. 12 It
-nenL
- Timely and Complete Submittal of Docui s. 8
4. Tiniely Completion ofProject- 14120 note #4 16
— Coordination Cooperation with Cl Personnel,
Properly Owners and Utilities Company. 10 9 —
6. Mit44,ate Cost and Time Overruns 1? 11
'-7 Env1 nn-iental Conipliance 10112 note #4 to
o
Conforn-iance with Contract Documents. 20 18
Total Score 100/106 94
Engineering Construction Manager, City of Clean�vaLer Data
2011 CLTRB REPLACEMENT
PROJECT (11-0037-EN)
CONTR.ACT D�CUMENTS &
�
�
�
�
SPECIFICATI4NS
Prepared for
���
ISSUED FOR BID
AUGUST/2011
City of Clearwater, Florida
2011 CURB REPLACEMENT PROJECT
SECTION I
SECTION II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & N�TICE TO
CONTRACTORS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTI4N III GENERAI, CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TEC�INICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IV-A CITY OF CLEARWATER YNDEX FOR CLTRF3S
# 101 AND # 107
SECTI�N V
��i ►�I :7:��I I��TiI�Ii�T� ��� ��
Prepared in the O£fice of the City Engineer
Cover.doc Page IT ]0/10/2008
�
��
�
�
�
C�
1
1
!
�
�
�-1
�,
'�� J
�
�
�
�
�
�
D
T
1
1
1
,
�
�
�
ADVERTISEMENT �F BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
CURS REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-0037-EN
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documenis and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Raom - website address:
www.mvClearwater.com/cityprojects, ON FRIDAY, AUGUST 19„�2011, until no later than close
of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Dacuments and Plans, as
indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cast only.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of: Remove and replace curb and gutter at
varioas locations. Curb has been marked with paint and is cracked and elevated ar
depressed causing drainage and trip problems. Elevations will need to be corrected and
curb replaced to mainta'rn ilow line.
1 A RECOMMENDED Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 31, 2011 AT 10:00 AM, IN CONFERENCE ROOM 130 IN THE
CITY OF CLEARWATER MSS SUILDING, 100 S. MYRTLE AVENUE, CLEARWATER,
, FLORIDA. Representatives of the Owner and Cansulting Engineer will be present ta discuss
this Project.
'
'
,
'
'
,
1
'
1
1
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located
at the Municipal Services B1dg.,100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Clearwater, Flarida 33756-5520,
until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 8, 2011, and publicly opened and read at that
hour and place for CURB REPLACEMENT PRUJECT 11-0037-EN
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits
and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers,
vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from
those Contractors that are currently City pre-quali�ed Contractors in the construction
eategory of CONCRETE FLATWORK with a minimum pre-qualification amount of
10� 0"000•
Contractors wanNng to pre-qualify to bid this projeet must do so two (2) wc�ks/ten (10)
workdays prior to the bid opening date.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager af the City of Clearwater, Flarida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
George McKibben, Purchasing Manager
(727) 562-4634
Page 1 of 1
8/27/2008
,
1
,
�
,
,
,
�
,
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
TR
T
I N
T
�]
1
r
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TD BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
, SECT�ON II ...................................:............................................................................................... i
1 COPIES OF SIDD�NG DOCUMENTS ...........................•..---.........................................1
� 2 QUALIFICATION OF SIDDERS ..................................................................................1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE .................................1
, 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2
5 BID SECURITY OR SID SOND .................................................................................... 3
' 6 CONTRACT TIME .................................................................•--•--•.................................. 3
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES .....................................•--•.................................................... 3
8 SUSSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ................•---..................................... 3
' 9 SUBCONTRACTORS ...................................................................................................... 3
10 SID/PROP�SAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4
, 11 SUSMISSION OF SIDS ..................................................•-•---•----..................................... 4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BTDS .................................................... S
, 13 REJECTION OF SIDS ...........................................................................•-------................. S
1� DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER ..............................••--...---...................................... 5
, 15 OPENING OF BIDS ............................................................................................•----........ 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5
, 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT .......................................................•---.................................... 7
, 19 BID PROTEST ...........................................................................................•---................... 7
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ........................................•----.................................................... S
' 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CUNTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................................... S
1
1
'
, SectionII.doc i 9/27/2010
,
'
'
��
r
�
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Siddi»g Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan
Raom — website address: www.my,clearwater;com/citvbr�ects. Frice of Cantract
Documents and Plans, as indicated an the City's Website, reflects r�production costs anly,
which is non-refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications,
bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-quali�ed
bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-gualified but who rnay be a
possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"5ubcontractor"
package consisting of plans, speci�cations, and list of pay items.
' 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Dacuments must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
� 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpase of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the docurnents for any other purpose.
r 2
' 2.1
'
'
1
3
1
�
1
�
'
QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and cantract documents. An applicatian package for pre-
qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Bax 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-
4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street
address only) or by phone at (727) 562-475�. All qualification data must be completed and
delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than faurteen (14)
days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City
do not have to make reapplication.
EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to becozne familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observatians with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditians at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely
upon the accuracy of thE technical data cantained in such reports but not upon nan-technical
data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the
purpases of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical
conditions oF existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground �'acilities)
which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in
, sectionll.aoc
1
Page 1 of 9
9/27/2010
Section 11— Lnstructions to Bidders
preparatian of the Cantract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical
data contained in such drawings but not upon the cornpleteness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upan information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions conceming responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditians.
3.5 Sefore submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional exarninations, investigatians, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which ir�ay affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accardance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's awn expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall �11 all holes and clean up and restore th� site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upan which the Work is to be performed, ri�hts-of-way and easements for access
thereta and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
i.dentified in the Cantract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporaty construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Dacuments.
3.8 The submission of a Sid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions ta Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon perfarming and furnishing the Work required
by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Cantract Docwnents are to be directed to the
Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response
to such questians will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsirnile transmission, to all
parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having rec�ived the Bidding Documents.
Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for apening of Bids may not be
answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and
other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
se��so�r.ao�
Page 2 of 9
9/27/2010
C��
1
'
r
�
1
�
1
1
��1
1
1
�
1
�
[_�
�J
�
�
r�
LJ
1
' 4.2
, 5
1
r
'
�
1
'
1
1
�
,
r
Section 11— Instructions to Bidders
Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Sid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) ofthe Bidder's maa�imum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and P�rformance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (l0) days after the award of contract
by the City Council, the City rnay annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be
forfeited. The Bid Security af any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreernent with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security af ather Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3
6
6.1
7
7.1
8
The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
CONTRACT TIME
The number af consecutive calendar days within which the wark is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Provisions for liyuidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.,1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in thE Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal af any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Speci�cations.
' 9 SUBCONTRACTORS
,
1
1
r
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder sa
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as ta similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
ffty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. if
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
SectionII.doc
Page 3 of 9
9/27/2010
9.2
`[�]
Section II — lnstructions to B9dders
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or arganization, he may, before recommending award
of the Contract ta the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining ta make requested substitutions wi11 not
constitute grounds %r sacrificing the Bid securiry to the City af any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, ather person or organizatian listed by the Contractar and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Couz�cil will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the Geiieral Conditions.
No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Docurnents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. All blanlcs on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder
rnust state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals withaut delineati6n's, alterations
or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract
Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all iteins in the Sid/Proposal fonn. The lump
sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for
completing the section or iter�a as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be
found ttaat quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the
work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the
work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased ar decreased in direct
praportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual atems.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate natne by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Sid for a corparation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or parmership.
1�.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a geiieral
partner, whase title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4
11
All names shall be typed or printed belaw the signature.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xll" manila envelope with the
praject name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Sid shall
be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and
addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at
the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or
facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
Sectionll.dpc
Page 4 of 9
[-��
1
r
�
r
�
LJ
1
1
�
'
�
LJ
�
�
,
r
9/27/2010 ,
r
1
�
'
1
1
1
1
1
1
'
,
�
,
r
,
'
'
r
'
5ection II — lnstructions to Bidders
if��'iC�]�]1�C�Lr�C�]►I_1►I��'��l��:l�]:�al'�'/s1��]�.:31�I+�
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an apprapriate dacument duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Tirne. After expiration of the period far
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of tk►e eriror, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correctian
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modify any bid.
13 REJECTION 4F BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and re�ulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid includ� but are not limited ta a rnaterial omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right ta reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that
Sidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Biddec is unqualified or of doubtful
�nancial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
l�}.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that callusion exists
arnong the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in ft�ture
proposals for the same wark. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1
� [�
Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the AdvertisemEnt
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening af bids.
LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
speci�cally stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, Caunty and Municipal �rdinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
SectionIT.doc
Page 5 of 9
9/27/2010
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
stated otherwise in the Tech�nical Speci�cations. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractar shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes xequired by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales
tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the
WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves th� right to implement the �wner Direct Purchase
(ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Tecl�nical
Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the reyuirements of Section 287.0$7 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders
with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with
respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of
commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process.
Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied
bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace
prograrn, a cantractar shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six
statements and the accompanying certi .fication statement:
(1) Fublish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and
specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the warkplace, the business's policy
of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and
employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be irnpased upon emplayees for
drug abuse vialations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
worlcing on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will
abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or
plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled
substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the
workplace no later than five (S) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactary participation in a drug abuse assistance
or rehabilitation pragram if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee
vvho is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to tnaintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this �rm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
SectionII.doc
Page 6 of 9
9/27/2010
1
�
�)
��
��
��
1
r
1
,
�
'
r-i
�
��
L�
1
1
'
LJ'
LI
1
,
�
�]
Section II — Instructions to $idders
� E���\'�'/_1:� �I�] ��I�7 `� �:7_«�
' 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in
favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum af any column of
l�
1
1
r
�_J
1
1
'
�
�
i
�
,
,
,
I1I
�J
,
figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may
be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and
experience af Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems
necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and
other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the City's satisfactian within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the
best interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that cornbination of base bid and alternate bid items
in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will
be awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the
solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with
the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with
protest procedures set forth in this section.
19.2 PR�TEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitatian for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a rninimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date af the request for propasals, unless the aggrieved
person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts
giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals.
Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the
bid/request document itself.
S. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each
bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded ta bidders
upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended awaxd should cite
specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly
been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected ta have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
, SectipnII.doc
r
Page 7 of 9 9/27/20 ] 0
Section il — instructions to IIidders
intent to award, or due date for reyuests for proposals. Request for exceptions should
be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5)
work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated
with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager,
he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that
response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original
formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City
ManagEr.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the �nal authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (]0)
work days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 PROTEST FEE:
When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5%
of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the
protest. This %e shall not exceed $2,5�0 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing
Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid.
19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award af contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best
inter�st of the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bi.dder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance
related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 79l 8-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety
Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s
1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
1
'
1
1
LJ
1
�I
--,
u
'
�'
'
LJ
� �li
21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES '
21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environm�ntal Protection Agency
(EPA) National Follution Discharge Elimination System (NFDES) stormwater pennit
and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater
rnanagernent programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively
reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters.
SectionII.doc
A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining
water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sedimEnt contral
practices during the construction stage can signi�cantly reduce sediment
loadings to surface waters.
Page 8 of 9
1
,
1
9/27/2010 '
r
�
�_
� Section II — Instructions to Bidders
B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and
sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion
, and sediment control provisions.
NFDES Management Measures available at Citv of Clearwater En in�g
Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best
� Management Practices.
References EPA website
'
1
1
1
1
,
'
1
��
'
,
CJ
i
, SectionII.doc Page 9 of 9 9/27/2010
'
1
J
1
�
�
1
1
C�
1
1
1
��
CJ
1
1
1
1
1
1
'
,
�
LJ
,
,
'
1
1
'
���
1
,
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
1 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................. 1
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... S
2.1 DELIVERY OF SONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ S
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTR.ACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THEPROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ........................................................................ 6
2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ...........................................................................................�---. 6
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT .................•--•---•..--•---................................---..... 7
3.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................... 7
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 7
4 AVAILASILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 8
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ......................................................................................... S
4.2 1NVESTIGATIONS AND REl'ORTS ............................................................................ 8
4.3 PHYSICAL C�NDTTIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 8
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 9
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ..........................
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND............
5.2 TNSURANCE ................................................................................................
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ........................................
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTYDAMAGE COVERAGE...........
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVEAUTOMOBILELIABILITY ...................................
S.3 WANER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................
.7
......... 9
......... 9
,...... 10
...... ro
,...... 11
....... 12
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSISILITIES .....................................................................12
' 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE :::::::..::....:..:....::::::..:..:...':::...:..::........... 12
6.2 LASOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT . . 13
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14
' 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIER5 AND OTHERS........ 14
6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... l5
6. S.1 STAGING AREAS .. . .... ................... .................... . .... ...... . ... . .. . . . . .. . . . ... . .. . . . . .. . . .. ........... I S
� 6. 5. 2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ I S
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 16
, b.8 PERMITS .......................................................................................................................16
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION. 17
6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................18
' 6.11 DRAWINGS ..................................................................................................................18
SectionIII.docx i 7/26/2011
L _J
b.11.l SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ........................ 18
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................ 19
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................... 21
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES.• .................................................................................................... 23
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 23
6.13 CONT]NUTNG THE WORK ........................................................................................ 23
6.14 INDEMN I�' 1CATI ON .................................................................................................... 23
6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATIQN ......................................... 24
7 OTHER WORK ..........................................•----••----......................................................... 24
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 24
7.2 COORDINATION .........................................�----��-........................................................25
8 OWNERS RESPONSISILITY ...................................................................................... 25
9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 25
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 25
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ..................................... ............. 25
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTYVE WORK ........................................................................ 26
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND 1'AYMENTS .................................. 26
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 26
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............. 27
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 27
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE..........--•-• .................................................... 28
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .........................•-......................................... 28
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRiCE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 30
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 30
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 30
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, C�RRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
�F DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 31
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 31
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK ...........................•---........................................................ 32
13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATNE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL O�' DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 33
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 33
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE W�RK ................................................................... 33
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 34
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS FAYMENT ........................................................... 34
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARR.ANTY �F TITLE ............................................................... 35
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 36
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 3�
14.6 FINAL APFLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 37
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37
14.8 WAIVER 4F CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 3$
SectionIII.docx ii 7/26/2011
1
,
1
,
LJ
'
�. �
CJ
,
r
'
'
,
'
1
1
1
11
1
15 SUSPENSION OF WQRK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 38
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 38
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 38
15.3 CONTR.ACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 39
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 40
17 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 40
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 40
17.2 GIVING NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ....................................................................•................................ 40
17.4 PR�FESSIONAL FEES AND C�URT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 41
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 4l
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION ..............................................................••---�---............................. 41
1.7.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS ................................................. 41
18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 41
19 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 41
20 CONFLICT SETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 41
21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 41
22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 42
22.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 42
22.2 EXAMPLE .....................................................................................................................42
23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 43
23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 43
23.2 TYFE OF FROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 43
23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 43
23.4 PORTAELE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 44
23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 44
23.6 SiGN PLACEMENT ..................................................................................................... 44
23.7 SIGN MAI1rITENANCE ................................................................................................ 44
23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .......................................................................................... 45
24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 4S
5ectionIIl.docx iii 7/26/2011
Section TIT — General Conditions
1 DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agent
Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting an behalf of the
City.
Agreement
The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached ta the Agreement and made a part thereaf as
provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress
or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as
is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defned to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information givan
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifica.tions.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder subrnitted an the prescribed fonn setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructians to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Docutnents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Sids).
Bands
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written arder to C�ntractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustrnent in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida.
Construction Inspector
A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects
City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the
intent of the Contract Documents.
Construction Manager
The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The
Canstruction Manager assumes responsibility fox the management of construction
contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the
Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding
SectionIII.docx Page 1 of46 7/26/2Q11
1
,
1
�
�
'
�
'
'
1
'
,
1
1
�
'
�
�
1
�
�
1
'
'
��
�
C-�
'
1
Section III — General Conditions
contract administration and perfarrnance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the
Owner's Representative during construction.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the AgreemEnt) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditians, the Specificatians and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identifed in the Agreement, together with all Modifcations issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner ta Contractor for performing the Work.
C'ontract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
C'ontractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of
this contract, the persan, firm or corporatian with wham this contract or agreement has
been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM
A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate
to one another for the purpose af identifying the most ef�cient way to perform the work
in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution
of the schedule.
� Day
A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
'
�
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the ward Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, ar has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
' Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in
which show the character and scope of the
� prepared or approved by Engineer and are
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
,
I�
,
,
Technical Specifications or tlie Agreement,
Work to be performed and which have been
referred to in the contract documents. Shop
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the Ciry of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas Caunty,
Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer inay serve as
the Owner's Representative during construction.
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
SectionIII.docx
Page 2 vf 46
7/26/2011
5ection iJI — General Conditions
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identi�ed as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
F.D.O.T Specifr.cations
The Standard Specifications far Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida
Department af Transportation (latest English edition).
Furnish
The words "furnish", "fumish and install", "install", and "pravide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to rnean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
The term "inspectian" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it confarms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or
averseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulatians, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security i nterests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event speci�ed in the contract Documents relating to ai1 intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
Notr."ce to Proceed (NTP)
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractar fixing the date on which the
Contract Titne will commence ta run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
�wner
The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the
City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be
responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work ance the Work is completed.
For cettain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative
during canstruction.
Owner's Representatzve
Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction.
Person
A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or ather artificial
entity.
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
SectionIII.docx Page 3 of 46 7/26/2011
�
,
'
�
'
'
�
'
'
�
i
'
i
'
�
'
,
�
'
�
'
'
'
�
C_�
Section III — General Conditions
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner af a substantially campleted part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Representative of Contractar
The Contractor sha11 assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Request for Ir,formation (12FI)
An official writt�n request for clarifcation of the intent of the contract documents from
the Contractor to the Engineer.
Shop Drawing
, All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are speci�cally
prepared by ar for Contractar to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustratians,
brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and ather
� information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractar to illustrate material or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
Spec�catron.r
, Those portions of the Cantract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, canstructian systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereta.
�
�l
,
�
� _J
'
'�
Subcontractor
A person havin� a direct contract with Contractor or with arty other Subcontractor for the
perfonnance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completron
The Wark (or a specified part thereo� which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certi�cate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recaminendation of final payinent. The tertns
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completian thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct
cantract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorparated in the Work by the Cantractor.
Surety
' Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
� SectionIII.docx
1
Page 4 of 46
7/26/20l t
Section III — General Conditions
Undergr�ound Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed undergraund to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other cammunications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
canstruction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ardering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unfareseen physical conditions under which the Work is ta be
performed or ernergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Cantract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Chaiige Directive will be incorparated in a subsequently issued
Change Order follawing negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by
this contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall fumish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at tk�e cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CQNTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform tlae work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior ta the date that the Contract Time commences to run.
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Wark, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
SectionlIl.docx Page 5 of 46 7/26/2011
,
r
�
�
�
'
r�
�
1
'
'
lJ
�
'
'
�
1
'
�_ J
�
'
1
1
1
��
'
1
1
1
1
1
Section IiI — General Conditions
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly repart in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written intetpretation or
clarification frorn Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy
in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or
Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify
any of the terms or obligations herein cantained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any
time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this
insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CQNFERENCE
Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's
Representative shall schedule a precanstruction conference to be attended by Contractor,
Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the
parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Departrnent to the
Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction
conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction
Manager.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a
color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is ta be a sequence of events
including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this
conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also
bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is
complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a
completed Emerg�ncy Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List.
The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction canference a
' project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of
construction stakeout and as-built survey.
The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction canference a
' Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance far
reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification.
'
'
'
1
1
2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a
weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall
bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a
laok-ahead schedule ta cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting,
and all material test reparts generated in the same time period.
SectionIII.docx Page 6 of 46 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1 INTENT
The Contract Docurnents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials oz' equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required ta produce the intended result will be furnished aild
performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations af the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's
Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society,
organization or assaciation, or to the code, Laws or Re�ulation of any governmental authority,
whether such reference be specific or by irnplication, shall mean the latest standard specification,
manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be
otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any
referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by
reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents,
shall change the duties and responsibilities af Owner, Contractor, Engitteer or �wner's
Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Docuinents. Clari�cations and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's
Representative. Each and every pravision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in
these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and
enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such
provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the
Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, errar, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Dacuments or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed
with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to
Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General
Speci�cations, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's
Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereo£
SectionIII.docx Page 7 of 46 7/26/2011
��
'
�
1
'
1
1
�
1
'
1
1
LJ
'
,
1
1
1
�
1
1 4
1
��
�
'
Section III — General Conditions
AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The �wner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the
Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands
which are designatEd for the use of contractar. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but speci�cally related to use of lands so furnished with
which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be abtained and paid for by the Owner,
unless otherwise pravided in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
' Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those ceports of investigations and tests oi subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise a�fecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
, have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reparts are not guaranteed as ta accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any
' subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially
from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review
those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer
' shall obtain the necessary additianal investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer
and Contractor. If Engineer fnds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there
are subsurface ar latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
t contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
'
1
'
1
'
'
�
'
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shawn or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground F'acilities at or contiguaus to the site is based on infonnation and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by athers. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information ar data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners af
such Underground Facilities during canstruction, and (iv) the safety and prdtection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER
prior to any excavation per State regulatians and to notify any utility owners who are not a
member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any
excavation. The LOCAL PIIBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the
pratection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in
local telephone directory.
SectionI�l.docx Page 8 of 46 7/26/2011
Section III — Genera] Conditions
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for constructioii, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the Established reference
points and shall make no changes ar relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner
and Engineer. Contractor shall report ta Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or
destroyed or requires relocatian because of necessary changes in grades or locatians, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such re�'erence points by a surveyor
licensed in the State af Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for
more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew
is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of
Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the
Contractor will be charged at the ra.te of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be cornputed for actual
time on the praject. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge
of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Fayment Bond in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the ,faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's
obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after
tl�e date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws
and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the foran prescribed by the
Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of
"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff,
Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.5. Treasury Department. All bands signed by an
agent must be accompanied by a certifed copy of such agents' authority to act. A11 bonds shall
be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.OS, Flarida Statutes, even iF such
language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified
to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. �f the Surety
on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to
do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet
the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice
thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Cantractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be perfarmed or
furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the follawing: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and ather sitnilar emplayee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
SectionlIT.docx Page 9 of 46 7/26/20] ]
�
'
'
'
LJ
,
'
'
'
'
�
'
1
1
'
'
,
�
LJ
1
1
'
�
1
'
1
�
'
1
��
'
1
'
1
1
1
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
injury, occupatianal sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related
to the ernployment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)
Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims far
darnages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, rnaintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner,
with copies ta each additional insured identi�ed in the Supplernentary Conditians, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance reyuested by the Owner or any other additional
insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accardance with this
paragraph. The policies of insurance sa required by this paragraph to be purchased and
maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any custonnary exclusion in respect
of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include
coverage far the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include
completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's
inde�nnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or
endorsement that the coverage afforded will nat be canceled, materially changed or renewal
refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor
and to each other additional insured identi�ed in the Supplemental Conditians to whom a
certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the
Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at
all times thereafter when Contractor rnay be correcting, rernoving or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in
effect far at least two years a�ter �nal payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each
other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whotn a certifrcate of
insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the �wner and any such additional insured, of
continuatian of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and
telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
fallawing araounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1 WORKER'S CQMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability $SU0,000. $1,000,000.
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Cornprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Froducts/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractars; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
SectionIII.docx Page 10 nf 4b 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,00�. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Sodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,040,000. Each
Occu�-�rence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annu.al
Aggregate Aggz�egate
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Cantractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar
docurnent does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which
may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall raot be responsible for
purchasing and rnaintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's
Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Docurnent shall provide
full coverage from the first dollar af exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be
accepted without prior approval from Owner.
Lon�shore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an emplayer, with employees in rraaritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U. S.
Department af Labor, or ta be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self.-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7,
8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
SectionIII.docx Page 11 of 46 7/26/2011
'
'
1
1
'
L
1
1
,
'
'
1
1
'
'
1
'
'
'
u
� Section III -- General Conditions
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on
, Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants
and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured
or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and
' damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to thE
effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of
recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor
, waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents
for all losses and damages caused by, arising out af or resulting from any of the perils covered by
such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all
' such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or
entities identified in the Supplementary Canditians to be listed as insured or additional insured
under such policies for losses and damages sa caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to
' the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the praceeds of insuranc� otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
' agents af any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss af use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether ar not insured by the Owner and;
' (ii) loss or damage to the campleted Project or part thereof caused by, arising aut of or resulting
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed
Froject or part thereof by th� Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or
' after final payment.
'
1
1
1
1
,
'
S CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accardance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of constructian, Contractor shall not be
responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means,
m�thod, technique, sequence or procedure af canstruction which is shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed wark complies accurately with the
Contract Docurnents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
cornpetent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's
Representative except under extraardinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given ta Contractor. The
Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his persan so he can be contacted
whenever necessary.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the wark and whenever the Owner's
Representative shall notify Cantractor, in writing, that any person on th� work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed
1 SectionT]I.docx
'
Page 12 of 46
7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the
Owner's Representative.
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection casts incurred as a
result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally
approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign
an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Cantractor shall be provided a copy for his
records. At the end af the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the
Contractor shall deliver to the �wner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full
reimbursement af all Inspector overtime haurs. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the
Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours far inspection costs on
weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be
$60.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Cantractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements af Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
fi.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall pravide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct
the wark as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site oz� adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours
and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the per#'ormance of work on Saturday, Sunday,
or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice ta Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirernents, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all rnaterials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. �f required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
sati.sfactory evidence (i.ncluding reports of required tests) as to the quality of inaterials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired ar injured. Materials that are irnproperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase tnajor eyuipment ta
be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in
the Contract Documents. ln such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of
Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures.
SectionIII.docx Page 13 of 46 7/26/2011
1
�
'
�
,
'
1
'
1
1
'
'
1
1
1
1
'
'
'
'
, Section 11T -- General Conditions
fi.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
, by using the name of a proprietary itern or the name of a particular Supplier, the specificatian or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality reyuired. Unless the
speci�cation or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
' "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equiprraent or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Cantractor is functionally egual to that named and
' sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equiprnent
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "ar equal" item, it may be considered as a
' proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review
' of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
, Request far substitute and "or equal" items by Cantractor must be submitted in writing to
Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or
' equal" item will be at Contractar's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of
acceptability.
' 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND
OTHERS
' Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and amissions of the
Subcontractars, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's awn
' acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation an the part of
, Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any maneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible far scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and ather persons perfortning or furnishing any of the
� work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractar. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons perfortning or furnishing any of the work to
corramunicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
' The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
contral Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
' All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifcally
, binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
1 SectionIlI.docx Page 14 of 46 7/26/2011
1
Section III — Genera] Conditions
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
fi.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall con�ne construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
aperations of works to the site and land areas identi�ed in and pertnitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-af way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials ar equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof ar of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the perfornaance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negatiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hald harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their of�cials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claiins, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or actian, 1ega1 or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Wark, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and abaut the premises as well as all tools, appliances, canstruction
equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition a11
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.5.1 STAGING AREAS
The Contactor shall obtain and deliver ta the City written permission for the use of all staging
and starage areas outside of the Limits of Construction.
6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS
The tim�ly restaration of all impacted areas, especially right-of ways, is very iinportant to the
Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed:
• Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days.
• Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• All arterial and collectar roadways shall be restored ASAP.
• Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is
generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (1S) consecutive calendar days.
Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times.
Sectionlll.docx
Page 15 of 46
��
'
,
'
1
1
1
1
'
1
1
1
'
�
'
�
�
1
7/26/2011
1
1
'
1
'
'
,
'
,
'`_J
Section III — General Conditions
• Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe
pressure test. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed.
Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all tiines.
If the project or a partion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod
restoration may be considered.
6.fi LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work af any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject oipatent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
inventian, design, pracess, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents far use in
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject ta patent rights or capyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract
Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Cansultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising aut af or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incarporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, praduct or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
' Contractar shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and oth�r governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
'
1
1
�
1
1
1
1
[-1
fi.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be
respansible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor
performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations,
Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work:
however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the
Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall nat
relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as
described above.
When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 1 l-02
shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E-Verify System to verify employment
eligibility.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Canditi�ns, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and
inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of
SectionIII.docx Page 16 of 46 7/26/2011
Section III -- General Conditions
opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work,
and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as
plant investment fees.
LTnless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees
will be waived.
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of canstruction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Represer�tative may direct; Contractor shall,
and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or
injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or
materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Cantractor or
any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be remaved and
replaced at the expense of Contractar. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident
prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and
supervision of parograms for the education and training of employees in the recognition,
avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide frst aid
services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an
eff.ective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of
contract performance throughout all phases af constructian, repair, alteration or demolition.
Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective eyuipment in all operations where there
is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of
immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This
provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustainEd from the
Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all
safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract
performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic
materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall
take the necessary precautians to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent
disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protectian. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indarectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subc,ontractor, Supplier or any
other person or arganization directly or indirectly employed by any of thern to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for �vhose acts any of them may be liable, shall be rerraedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities far safety and for protection of the Work shall
SectionIIl.docx Page 17 of 46 7/26/2011
1
'
'
'
1
'
'
1
1
�
CJ
�
,
1
�
1
1
1
,
'
�
I�
1
,
'
,
SeCtion III — General Conditions
continue until such time as all the Work is campleted and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In Emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Wark or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor
shall give Engineer prompt written natice if Cantractor believes that any signi�cant changes in
the Work or variations from the Cantract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's
Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the
action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or
Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
� 6,11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW
� Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractar shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
Cantractor shall have determined and veri�ed: (i) all �eld measurements, quantities, dimensians,
' speci�ed performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect ta intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
, and (iii) all information relative ta Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
prograrns incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
' Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Sarnples with the requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that
Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
, Contractor's review and approval af that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall
give Engineer specific written notice of such variatians, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
subrnitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a
, written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sarnple submitted to Engine�r for review and
approval of each such variation.
'
1
J
1
'
The Con�ractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and
Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the
Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The
Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The
Engineer and Constructian Services Department shall receive updated copies at each pragress
meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive
calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal ar RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay
claim from the Contractor.
Sectionlll.docx Page l 8 of 46 7/26/20] l
Section lII — General Conditipns
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Docuznents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and subrnit as required new Sarnples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
an previaus submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Saznples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents un1ess
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variatian at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the 5hop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measure�nents by the Contractar.
Contractor shall furnish reyuired submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to
achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves
the right to backcharge Cantractor, far Engineer's costs far resubmittals that account for a
number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's
Representative reserves the right ta backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number
of first time submittals shall be equal to the nurnber of submittals agreed to by Engineer and
Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings,
Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the ra.te af 3.0
times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor £or Work
completed. In th� event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all
of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to
Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractar.
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shal.l keep and maintain ane set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary frorn the details represented on the original Contract Plans,
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change �rders during the
canstruction process. The Contractor shall record the hori2ontal and vertical locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), constructian and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspectioii by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant,
and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project.
SectionIII.docx Page 19 of 4d 7/26/2011
1
C�
'
�
'
i�
L�'
'
1
r
,
�
1
�
,
'
�
r
'
1
[-�
,
1
,--,
L�
'
1
1
1
1
1
��
'
1
��
Section IlI — General Conditions
The As-Suilt Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, ar his designee, for
accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the
monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not
conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements_ As-Built Drawings shall bE submitted to the
Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay
request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by
the Engineer or the Engineer's Cansultant for accuracy and completeness_
Prior to placing new potable water znains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The Owi�er's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1 General
The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BU1LT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-�7.052, Florida
Adininistrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD �le.
SJ-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or
vertical dimensional data so that cortstructed improvements muy be located arrd delineated.' also
know as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Flarida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction
Division upan substantial completion of the project. lf this condition is not met, the Owner will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State af Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,$00 per day or any portion thereof to provide the
Owner with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting a�ld elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service
cannectians shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes,
cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted an the plan view and also on the profile if
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
, approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
, above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 10� feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
� SectionIIl.docx Page 20 of 46 7/26/2011
�-�
Section III — Genera] Conditions
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. �'or projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on th� blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Suilt survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of
1.983/90 (horizontal) and the Narth American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement
shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other daturn, (horizontal and or
vertical), must be app,roved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6 Standards
The As-Suilt survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter SJ-17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it ,is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points
at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
�.11.2.7 Qther
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS
6.11.3.1 Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes
DI pre�x denotes digitized ar scanned Entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefx denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and syrnbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix
6.11.3.1.2
GAS
ELEC
PHONE
$ectionlTI.docx
?r Naming Definitions:
gas lines and appurtenances
power lines and appurtenances
telephone lines and appurtenances
Page 2l of 46
1
'
�
�J
r
1
�
L
r
�
'
�
'
�
�
�
r
� '
7/26/2011
'
0
1
r
,
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
1
,
J
'
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
�'ENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRNE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOFE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of ber�a
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL cent�rline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property corners, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers inay be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
, 6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the sirnplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008
, times the plot scale.
SectionIII.docx Page 22 of 4b 7/26/2011
'
Section III — General Conditions
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
G.11.4 DELIVERABLES:
The as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless
approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable
iile formats include: DWG, of a shape file.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tam Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Thainas.Mahon ,mvClearwater�com.
fi.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Cantractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
wi11 be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
rnodification ar operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the acceptance af the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work accasioned by any cause before its
cnmpletian and iinal acceptance by the �wt�er. In addition, "the Contractor shall retxaedy any
defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
which appear within a period of one year from the date af final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
�wner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portian of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to fin.al acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents sha11 be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance af
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contt'act Documents: (i) observatians by
Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or �nal payment by Owner's
Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by
the �wner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy af the Work or
ar►y part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review
and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance
by the Engineer.
G.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indeznnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directars, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any af them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges af
SectionIlI.docx Page 23 of 46 7/26/2011
1
1
,
�
�
L._J
1
1
1
�
L _�
'
r
'
'
�
LJ
�
'
�
'
J
1
1
r
Section III — General Conditions
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resalution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting irom the performance of the Work,
provided that any such claim, cast, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, ar ta injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel�,
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any af them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
omissian of a person or entity indemni�ed hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indeinnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless af the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor
' shall suffer loss ar damage on the work, Cantractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractar by agreement or arbitratian if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractar or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such
, account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who
shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claizns
against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or
' employees by any ernployee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
Contractor, any Subcontractar, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perfai�n ar furnish any of
' the work, or anyone for whase acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount ar type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor,
, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' campensation acts, disability benefit acts
or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
' directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any
of them.
1
r
1
'
1
1
,
1
6.15 CHANGES IN C�MPANY CONTACT INFORMATION
Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in
company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email
addresses, etc.
7 OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and
perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair ar maintenance, whether
related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for
these purpases.
The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this wark
will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity
is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with
the Cantractor's work or schedule.
SectionIII.docx Page 24 of 46 7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditions
7.2 COORDINATION
If the Owner contracts with athers for the performance of other work on the Project a.t the site,
the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for caordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all
communications from the �wner to the Contractor through Owner's Repxesentative.
The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly
and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when tk�ey are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
W ork.
The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
the Article on Tests and Inspectioz�s.
In connectioii with the Owner's right to stop work or suspeild work, see the Article on Engineer
znay Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's
right to terminate services of Cor►tractor uttder certain circumstances.
Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be respansible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing ar performance of the Wark. The Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will
either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The
duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authoxity of Owner's Representative during
construction are set forth in the Cantract Documents and sha11 not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIDNS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Docurnents regarding design issues vnly, in the form of
Submittal responses, RFT responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract
SectionIII.docx Page 25 of 46 7/26/2011
,
'
'
1
r
1
�1
I�
1
�l
��
I�J
1
,
�
'J
,
C�
1
�
LJ
Section IIl — General Conditions
Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued
form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarificatians and interpretations will be binding
on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation
justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to
agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Cantractor may make a written claim therefore as
provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work
which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Qwner's
Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to
the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
completed 1'roject as a functioning whole as indicated by th� Cantract Documents. The �wner's
Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of
the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or cotnpleted.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In cannection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change
Qrders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection
with Owner's Representative autharity as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on
Payments to Contractor and Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter af the reyuirements of the Contract
Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other
matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the
Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under
the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will
be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decisian in
accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will
be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement
promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event
giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and
the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's
Representative allows an additianal period of time far the submission of additional or more
accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit
any respanse to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirly (30) days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's
Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thiriy (30) days after receipt of the
opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner
and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty
(30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal tirne which may be stated in a
Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or
(ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention
to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor
SectionlIl.docx Page 26 of 46 7/26/2011
Section III — Genera] Conditions
ta the other and to Owner's Representative within thirly (30) days after the date of such decision
and a fortnal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forurn of competent jurisdiction
to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other rnatter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (6p)
days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and
Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the
Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretatian or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering o�' a decision by Owner's Representative
with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or reinedies as either may otherwise have
under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such clairn, dispute
or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolutian.
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any
other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in
good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking,
exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall
create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety �'or or employee or
agent of any of them.
Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be
respansible for Contractar's means, methods, techniques, sequences or pracedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereta, or for any failure af
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of
the work. Owner's Representative will nat be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or
furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Owner's Representative will nat be responsible for the acts or amissions af Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any
of the work.
Owner Representative's review of the iinal Application for Payment and accoznpanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and
certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered
by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the
requirements of the Contract Docuinents and, in the case of certificates of inspectians, tests and
approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner tnay, at any
t,ime or from tinne to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions,
deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work
SectionIII.docx Page 27 of 46 7/26/2011
,
'
,
'
1
'
1
,
1
�
1
1
'
r
1
�
'
�
1
1
�] �
�
�
r
�J
IJ�
,
'
�
'
Section III — General Conditions
Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically pravided).
If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustrnent in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractar shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect ta any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
The Owner and Contractar shall execute appropriate Change �rders or Written Amendments
recornmended by Owner's Representative covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because af acceptance
af defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by th�
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed ta by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decisian rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on
Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
such decision in accardance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Cantractor shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as pravided in the article far Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scape of the wark or the provisions of the Contract
' Documents (including, but not linnited to, Contxact Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given ta a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
respansibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
, 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
,
,
1
1
1
1
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Cantract Price. The Contract Frice may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Cantract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days)
after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the arnount of the
claim with supparting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such
occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to
submit additional ar more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by
SectionTfl.docx Page 28 of 46 7/26/2011
Section III -- General Conditions
claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known aznounts to which the
claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim far an adjustment in the
Contract Frice will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any
Work covered by a Change Order or of any clait� for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be
determined as follows: (i) where the Wark involved is covered by unit prices contained in the
Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities af the iteins involved (ii)
where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Cantract Docuinents, by
a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii)
where the Work is not cavered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work.
Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and
Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for
directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractar shall
apply for cottapensation, detailing Cantractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and
other items of direct costs required for the directed work.
The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items:
2
C!�
Labar, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual
payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labar taxes
established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with
negotiating the subject change.
Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The casts of materials shall
be substantiated through vendors' invoices.
Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation
costs if speci�cally used for the WORK. The rental rates shall nat exceed the current
rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for
Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as
the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment
and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs
associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned
equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize
lawest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed
estimated operating costs given in Slue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for
equipment on stand-by.
Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater.
The following fixed fees shall be added ta the costs of the directed work performed
by the Contractor or Subcontractor.
A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item l above. Tf
work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed fve
percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%).
S. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of item 2 above.
C. No markup shall be added to the costs of items 3 and 4
'
1
��
�
LJ
�J
,
1
�
L. J
1
irl
U
'
'
'J
�
�
'
The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general
supervision, overhead, pro�t, and other general expense. '
SectionIII.docx Page 29 of 46 7/26/2011
1
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allawances so named in the
' Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered ta be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Cantractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
' required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation Cb5L5, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
' Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
faregoing will be valid.
�I
�
1
�
1
1
1
�
I.J
1
1
'
,
1
1
Prior to iinal payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's
Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by
allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price sha11
be correspondingly adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Cantract Frice will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price far each separately identified item of unit price wark times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the A�reement. The estimated quantities oi
items of Unit Pric� Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Frice. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications af Unit Price Work performed by Contractar will be made by Owner's
Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to
be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The
Owner or Contractar may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity
of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractar differs materially and significantly from
the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no
corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes
that Contractor is entitlEd to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decr�ase in Contract
Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. �n
unit price cantracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily
complete the construction o� the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project
construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a
finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit yuantities actually
used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract
Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor
in his original bid.
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's
Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of
SectionlIl.docx Page 30 of 46 7/26/20 ].1
Section IIl — General Conditions
the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence,
unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of tirne to ascertain more accurate
data in support of the claim, and shall be accainpanied by the claimant's written statement that
the adjustment claimed is the er�tire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is
entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. A11 claims for adjustment in the Contract
Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No clairan for an
adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid af not submitted in accardance with
the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are af the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from campleting any part of the work within the Contract Time
(or Milestanes) due to delay beyond the cantrol of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the tirne lost due to such delay i� a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractar shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control af Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension
of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall
be Contractar's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable
to Cantractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or
emplayee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control af Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the cantrol of both parties including
but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by
utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for
Other Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, C�RRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE 4F DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the
Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspectio�n and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for �he services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
Ii Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereo�
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments,
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required
SectionTII.docx Page 31 of 46 '1/26/2011
l�
�
'
�
�I
L. J
1
CJ
1
'
1
�
1
1
�
'
'
1
�
,
1
1
'
1
,
1
,
1
'
1
'
�
'
1
1
,
,
1
Section III — General Conditions
certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner
permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and
obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required
for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment ta be incorporated in the Work,
or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted far approval prior to Contractor's purchase
thereof for incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is ta be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by
Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this
paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative
and Engine�r timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's
Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such natice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if
requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and
replaced at Contractor's expense.
lf Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
Owner's Representative or inspect�d or tested by athers, Contractor, at Owner Representative's
request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing
as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question,
furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Wark is defective,
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting
from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of
wark of athers); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price
for the costs af the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the arnount thereof,
may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. Tf, however,
such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shal] be allowed an increase in the Cantract
Price or an extension of the Contract Time (ar Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if
the parties are unable ta agree as to the amount or extent thereof Contractor may make a claim
therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Cantract Tirne.
13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Cantractor fails to supply suffrcient skilled workers or suitable
inaterials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order
Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has beEn
elizninated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of
Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this
paragraph, Cantractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract
Price.
SectionllI.docx Page 32 of 46 7/26/2011
Sectian lII — General Conditions
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either
correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it frorn the site and replace it with
Work that is not defective. Contractar shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by
or resulting fram such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTI�N PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in
accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective
and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of
others resulting therefrom. ,I� Cantractor dqes not promptly comply with the tenns af such
instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or dainage, the
Owner may have the defective Work conrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and
a11 claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement
(including but not liinited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by
Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or remaval and
replaceanent has been satisfactorily completed.
13.fi ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead af requiring carrection or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner
prefers ta accept it, the Owner may do so.
Contractar shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the �wner's evaluation
of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs ta be approved by Owner's
Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner
Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating
the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall
be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for
Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's
recammendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the
Owner.
SectionIII.docx Page 33 of 46 7/26/2011
�
'
'
r
'
�
1
'
'
�
1
,
'
'
'
,
1
1
1
�
� .�
, Section 1LI — General Conditions
13.7 OWNER MAY C�RRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
, If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice irom �wner's Representative to
carrect defective Work ar to remove and replace rejected Work as reyuired by Owner's
Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or
if Contractor fails ta per%rm the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if
, Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may,
after seven days' written notice ta Contractor, conect and remedy any such deficiency. In
exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiausly.
' In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from
all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractar's
services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the
' site or for which the Owner has paid Contractar but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall
allow �wner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors,
and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable
' the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and
darraages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary
' revisions in the Contract Docurnents with respect to the Wark; and the Owner shall be entitled ta
an appropriate decrease in the Contract Frice, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount thereaf, the Owner rnay make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of
� Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs
of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or
replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the
' Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable
to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder.
'
��
L�
'
,
'
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Aequests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S, 218.735 and as described
herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for
review an Application for 1'ayment filled aut and signed by Contractor covering the Work
completed as of the 25th af each month and accampanied by such supporting documentation as
is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated
in the Cantract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not
incorporated in the Work. Payznent will only be rnade for that portion of the Work, which is fully
installed including all materials, labor and eyuipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of
the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey
and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until fnal completion and
acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be
construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
' The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and
work for which payment is being applied far and reach agreement prior to submittal of an
Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site
' SectianIII.docx Page 34 of 46 7/26/2011
1
Section III — General Conditions
marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the
Contract Documents.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative
may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any
progress payment, evidence and/or payment affadavit that all subcontractars and suppliers have
been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report
as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the
report is provided.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Cantractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Applicatian for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or nat, wil] pass to the Owner
no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work
shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel martgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and #urnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then the �wner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or witlihold from the Contractor's u��paid
compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful
claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged,
whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this
Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any
obligations upon the Owner to the Contractar ar the Surety. ln paying any unpaid bills of the
Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the
Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and
the �wner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after rec�ipt authorize and
process payrnent by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment,
unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires
review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payrnent
will be paid by the �wner within twenty-�ve (25) business days. If an Application for payment
is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the
reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in
writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper.
In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any
payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such
payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent
inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be
Sectionl,Il.docx Page 35 of 46 7/26/201 ]
'
,
��
'
,
�
�
�
�
'
,
�
1
r
'
LJ
CJ
1
,
[�
1
1
i
,
'
�
'
Sectipn IIl — General Conditions
necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because:
(i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged reyuiring correction or
replacement, (ii) the Cantract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the
Owner has been reyuired to correct defective Work or complete Wark, or (iv) Owner's
Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated
in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination.
The Owner may refuse ta make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's
Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of
Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with
the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Sond satisfactory to the Owner to
secure the satisfactian and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner
to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge af any of
the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay
in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative
or Agent, stating the reasans for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the
amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractar, when
Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisiaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Wark which
, (i) has specifically been identi�ed in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor agree canstitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without signi�cant interference
' with Contractor's perfarmance af the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to �inal
Campletion af all the Wark subject to the following:
1
'
,
'
'
'
'
�
1
The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such
part of the Work which the Owner believes ta be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor
will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is
substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of 5ubstantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's
Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor cansiders any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to
issue a certifrcate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time
after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make
an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not
consider that part of the Work to be substa.ntially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefare. If Engineer considers that
part of the Work to be substantially complete, the pravisions of the articles for Substantial
Cornpletion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to c�rtification of Substantial
Completian af that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and
access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTI�N
Upon written notice from Gantractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and
Cantractor and will within thiriy (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which
SectionlIT.docx Page 36 of 46 7/2b/2011
Section III — General Conditions
this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will
produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (S) days af completion and
assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list.
Failure ta include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the
contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract.
Contractor shall immediately take such aneasures as are necessary to complete such VVork or
remedy such de�ciencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATI�N FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative
and has delivered in accardance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other
evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of
inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other
documents, Contractor may make applicatian for final payment following the procedure for
pragress payments. The �nal Applicatian far Payment shall be accompanied. (except as
previously delivered) by: (i) all documentatian called for in the Contract Documents, including
but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii)
consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally
effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in
connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the
Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts ar releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i)
the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien
could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property inight in any way be
responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractar or Supplier fails to
furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Cantractor shall clean and reinove froin the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and i�'
Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Cantractor's �inal
Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without
terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully
completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully
completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have
been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the
surety to the payrnent of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for
such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and coraditions governing �nal
payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation oi the Work during construction and iinal
inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and
SectionlTl.docx Page 37 of 46 7/26/2011
�
L
'
1
'
,
�
'
1
1
1
'
'
'
1
�
1
�
1
,
'
,
1
,
�
Section III -- General Conditions
accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's
Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations
under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in
writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payrr►ent.
Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the
Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Qtherwise, �wner's Representative
will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to
recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Applicatian. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as
to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay
contractar the amount recommended by Owner's Representative.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner
, against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, fram defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or irom Contractar's continuing obligations under the
, Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractar against the Owner other than
those previausly made in writing and still unsettled.
'
'
1
�
�
1
'
15 SUSPENSION �F WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion
thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which
will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date
so �xed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times, or bath, directly attxibutable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an
approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of
Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
' Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the
Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise
1 than as herein speci�ed, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to
the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or
that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily ar unreasanably delayed.
, SectionIlT.docx
�
Page 38 of 46
7/26/2011
Section III — General Conditioos
The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and,
to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulatians, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take passessian of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equiprnent and rnachinery at the site and use the same ta the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (witlaout liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incarporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and �nish the Work as the �wner may deern
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. I�the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and
darnages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such
excess will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference ta the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be
reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by
Owner's Representative incorporated an a Change Order, provided that when exercising any
rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required ta obtain the lowest pt-ice
for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termi�nation will not
affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not
release Contractor frorn liability.
Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Cantractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate
the Agreement. ln such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for campleted and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums far overhead and profit an such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of ternaination in perforrning services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
prafit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and dainages incurred in settlement of terminated cantracts
with Subcantractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting fram such termination.
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault af Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
(90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public autharity, or the Owner's
Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner iails �or thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to
be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's
Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such
suspensian ar failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner
SectionIIl.docx Page 39 of 46 7/26/201 l
�
,
'
,
1
�I
1
'
C _J
'
'
�
1
1
'
�
i
1
�
'
'
�I
'
1
'
,
1
1
'
Section IlI — General Conditions
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the �wner May Terminate. However, if
the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of �wner, the Contractor shall
not b� entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act
on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has
failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined ta be due, Cantractor
may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work
until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended
ta preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or
Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to
Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Ii and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between thecn that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
tnethod and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisians of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may
otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other
, documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall
be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner.
1
�
J
� .�
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, natice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a rne�r�ber
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
' Should the �wner or Contractor suffer injury or damage ta person or property because of any
error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, ernployees or
agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to
, the other party within a reasanable time of the frst observance af such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
i
1 SectionllT.docx Page 40 of 46 7/Z6/2011
�
Section Ill -- General Conditions
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and dainages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be lirnited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and ather
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights
to notice of assignment.
17.G RENEWAL OPTIQN
Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitatian to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
and the satisfactory performance of the Contractar as determined by the Construction
Department.
17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS
All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers
and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. Far availability or pricing contact Mike Pryar at the
City af Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562-4923 or email:
Mi chael.Prvor(u�mvClearwater.com .
18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portian of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
��%�l�l�_r��:��_���1+"j���
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless atherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case af conf7ict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplernentary General
Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical
Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modificatians or Addenda the latest will govern.
21 4WNER DIRECT PURCHASE (�DP) OPTION
The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the praject's
documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain partions of materials identi�ed in
SectionTII.docx Page 41 of 46 7/26/2011
�
`J
'
'
1
,��
�
1
�
�
'
'
�
,
1.
u
�
�
i
1
'
1
�
'
'�J
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is
exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable
taxes for rnaterials, supplies, and equipment, which wil] be a part of the Cantractar's work. The
Owner, being exempt fram sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various
construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of
construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis.
Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See
SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract
Dacuments and the AFPENDIX for ODP Documents.
22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
22.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius,
� unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating
the following information about the praposed construction work and the Contractor performing
the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of
� construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water
service disruptian and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the
Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo
'(optional); reyuirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances
_ which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the
scope of Cantract work. Sample daor hanger including proposed language shall be appraved by
� the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and
durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Noti�cation (door
hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses dixectly affected by the Contractor's
'activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected
_ by the Contractar's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas,
equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor
� cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is re9uired to
maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain
apprapriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours.
�
'
1
�
1
Resident notifcation by the Contractor is a non-speci�c pay item ta be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
22.2 EXAMPLE
CITY SEAI..
Of
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY' S DATE: / /
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENYENCE
We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contruct) far the City of Clearwater
in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property.
This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property
owners of the pending start of construction.
� SectionllT.docx Page 42 of 46 7/26/2011
'
Section IlI -- General Conditions
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners)
The construction process rnay necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way.
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for I
the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, �
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscapin� materials, unauthorized mailboxes or
structures within the right-of-way which must be rexnoved due to the construction process will
not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the praperty
owner wishes ta save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within
the right-af-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. �i
We are available to answer any questioras you may have regarding the constz�uction process or
any particular item that must be relocated.. Please contact our Construction Manager
at ('�27) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The OwnEr desires to infarm the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public
funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this
purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project inforrnation signs during
the full course of the contract period. Tllese signs will be displayed at all locat,ion(s) of active
work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s)
shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in
SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION.
23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED �R PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various lacations. The particular wording ta be used on the signs will be determined
after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be pravided the wording to be used on
sign at the preconstruction conference.
23.3 FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4-foat by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior gra.de
plywood of the same size and a rninimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a
minirnurn of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts
and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring
in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate
mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for
approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint.
SectionITI.docx Page 43 of 46 7/26/201 ]
�
��
L�:
�
1
1
�
�
�
�
L�
�
�
'
'
'
'
�
1
�
1
1
1
,
1
1
1
1
'
1
1
1
'
1
'
,
�
'
Section iII — General Conditions
23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be
attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080-
inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl
lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic
barricade.
23.5 SIGN CQLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other
lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, af size proportional
to the sigii itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall
be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black.
23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the
project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the
signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of-
way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Fortable signs are to be moved to the locations
of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in
several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are ta be placed at the start af canstruction and
will remain in place until the request for final payment.
23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible iar preparation, installatian, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The
Cantractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
Sectionlll.docx Page 44 of 46 7/26/201 ]
Section III — General Conditions
23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
6'
�� PROJECT NAME
(C�ONTRACT NUMBER)
�DEPARTMENT NAME) PRaJECT
N CONTRACTOR:
� COMPLET�ON DATE:
FUNDING:
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE:
LL
� ° C�earwater
U
rn
.�
s
E
E
'�
.�
N
�
i',I''
I�;IIII
/ yi y
�I&,� ,�\�,��:
'� j �� ,��j � I i'I '. .,
���', .� ,,�I` �.
� I I�� I,� I'�'�
'iil�.
i ;,;1,� �
�
2�-3„
4"x4" P.T.
Post (Typ.)
I I
i i'.,li
'i,'.I 'I .I
,. ; - ..i ; i: ' '' �/.,, /� �� ' I�,� ' '• ' �� /,- �
/ �/ ��\"%�\i� ��`% �i ;� �., ,-/,.,�,j\\
�i\ j�\�.\�i'.��:'���� � � �' �� ' I ��� �'�` '� ' /� � , �'' \
�/ . �. `; �: � f . I I, f� : i. %/,. %'
.�.\r.� ,\�\/. /\,.��. • \•. .\, , ii''�
� � .. ' j,'�\ ; .��� ,��
/ //, i ll � �,�
24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in
Article 2 of these General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this coratract be completed within the indicated number
of consecutive calendar davs as determined in SECTION IV, ARTiCLE 1.1 - SCOPE
DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor
fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the ainount stated in the
Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be
discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee
Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectars, the
SectionlTl.docx ,, : Page 45 of 46 7/26/2011
1
1
1
��
�
1
'
1
'
,
'
'
,
1
'
1
'
�
'
'
' Section IIl — General Conditions
Contractar shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars
($480.00) per each eight-hour (S) day far each Inspector given such assignment.
, The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of
�nal acceptance.
'
1
1
1
'
'
1
,
1
1
'
1
1
'
' SectionlTI.docx Page 46 of 46 7/26/20 ] l
1
1
1
1
,
1
1
1
'
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
t
PE IFI TI
,
'
1
'
1
1
'
1
'
,
'
�
1
1
1
1
1
'
�
1
SECTION IV
TEGHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents:
]. SCOPE OF WORK ...........................................................................................................1
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 1
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .....................•---......................................................... 2
2 FIELD ENGINEERING .................................................................................................. 3
2.1 LINE AND GR.ADE SHALL BE PER�'ORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 3
2.I..X GRADES, LINESAND LEVELS ...............................�............................---�............. 3
2.1.2 LAY�UTDATA.......--�--� .......................................................................................... 4
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE FERFORMED BY THE CITY ................................. 4
3 DEFINiTION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4
3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 4
3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMSOLS ........................................................................... 4
4 URDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 6
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... 6
6 CONCRETE ...................................................................................................................... �
7 EXCAVATION AND FURMS FOR CONCRETE WORK .......................................... 7
7.1 EXCAVATION ................................................................................................................7
7.2 FORMS ...........................................................................................................................7
8 REYNFORCEMENT .........................................................................................................7
8.1 BASIS �F FAYMENT ................................................................................................... 8
9 UBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................8
lU RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS
ANDSTREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 8
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................. 9
12 DEWATERING ................................................................................................................. 9
12.1 GENER.AL ......................................................................................................................9
12.2 PERM�T REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 1 U
12. 2. X DEWATER.ING CONTROL ................................................................................... 10
12. 2. � GENERIC PERMIT F�R THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND
WATER FROMANY N�N-CONTAM.INATED SITE ACTIVITY ........................... 1 D
13 SANITARY MANHOLES ..............................................................................................12
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 12
13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 13
13. 2.1 MANHOLE ADJIISTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) . .. . ....... .... . . .. . . ... . ............... 13
13.3 DROP MANHOLES .........................................................................................�--�........ 13
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ...-•---� ................................................................................... 13
Section�V.docx i 4/11/2011
13.5 MANHOLE COATTNGS .............................................................................................. 13
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 14
14 BACKFTLL ......................................................................................................................14
1S STREET CROSSINGS, ETC . ....................................................................................... 14
l.G RAISING OR LOWERING OF SAN�TARY SEWER, STORM DR.AINAGE
STRUCTURES................................................................................................................14
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...........................•..................................................................... 14
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .....................................................................15
17.1 BASTS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15
17.2 BASIS OF PAYIVIENT ...........:..................................................................................... 15
18 UNDERDRAINS .............................................................................................................15
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15
18.2 BASTS O�' PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 1G
19 STORM SEWERS .......................................................................................................... 16
19.1 AS BUILT 1NFORMATION ......................................................................................... 16
19.2 TESTING ......................................................................................................................16
19.3 BASIS OF 1'AYMENT ................................................................................................. 17
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND F�RCE MAINS ..............................................................17
20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 17
20.1.1 GRAVI7'YSEWER P.IPE ....................................................................................... 17
2�.1.2 FORCEMAINPIPE ...........................................••---�--��----....................................17
20.2 INSTALLAT��N ......................................................................................�-�---.............. 17
20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE .............................................. .................... 17
20.2.2 FORCE MAINPIPE ..............................�-�----.......................................--•-----......--- I8
2U.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 18
20.4 TESTING .................................•----..._............................................................................18
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS ........................................................................ 18
z0.4. 2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .....................................�---..................................... 19
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...................................................................... ................. ].9
20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ....................................................................................... 19
20.5.2 FORCEMAINPI'P.E .............................................................................................19
21 DRAINAGE .......................:.............................................................................................19
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRA,DE .......................................................................... ].9
22.1 BASE ..............................................................•---._........................................................ 19
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 21
22.1. 2 BASl'S OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 21
22.2 SUBGRADE .................................................................................................................21
22.2.1 BASI'SOFMEASUREMENT ................................................................................21
22.2.2 BASISOFPAYMENT .................................................•-•--.........................---..........22
23 ASPHALT�C CONCRETE MATERTALS ................................................................... 22
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 22
SectionlV.docx ii 4/11/2011
'
'
'
1
'
'
'
,
'
'
'
��
�
1
1
1
1
1
1
23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................19
23.1.2 BITUMIN�US MATERIALS ................................................................................. 19
23.2 HOT SITUMINOUS MIXTURES — PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QIJALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................ 20
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 20
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 20
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 21
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE FREPAR.ATION .............................................................. 22
23.6.1 CRACKS ................................................................................................................22
23.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................22
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 22
23.8 ADDiTIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 23
23.9 SUPERPAVE A5PHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................... 23
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ................................�---.................................................. 24
23.11 BASIS OF PAYIVIENT ................................................................................................. 24
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT SID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 24
25 GENERAI. PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 2S
25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 25
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................25
25..1.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................26
25.1.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................30
25.2 LANDSCAPE ...............................................................................................................34
25.2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................34
25.2.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................39
25.2.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................42
2b HDPE DEFORMED - REFQRMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 49
26.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 49
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 49
26.3 MATERCALS ................................................................................................................ 49
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE FREPARATION ................................................................... 50
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 50
26.6 L1NER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 50
26.7 LATER.AL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 51
26.8 TIME O�' CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 51
26.9 PAYIVIENT .................................................................................................................... S1
27 PLANT NIIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 51
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREIVIENT ...................................................................................... 51
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................
28 REPORTING OF T�NNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 52
29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................•---............................... 52
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 52
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. S2
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRTVEWAYS ......................................................... 52
SectionlV.docx iii 4/11 /2011
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .......................................................................................... 52
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... S2
30.3 BASI5 OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 53
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 53
31 SODDING ..............................................................•---•--...................................................53
32 SEEDING ..................••-•--------...........................................................................................53
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH SASINS OR OTHER STORM
STRUCTURES................................................................................................................ 54
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 54
33.2 FRECASTTYFE .......................................................................................................... S4
33.3 BASIS 4F PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 55
34 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 55
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPEC7FYCATION5 ...................................... SS
36 STREET SIGNS ..................................................•--......................................................... 55
37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF W�RK AREAS .................................................. SS
37.1 CONTRACTOR TO 1'REPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORD]NG ................................ 55
37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDED REC�RDING ................................................... 55
37.3 PROFES5IONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 55
37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 55
37.5 RECORDED TNFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 56
37.6 REC�RDED INF�RMATTON V1DE0 ....................................................................... 56
37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 56
37.8 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................... S6
37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 56
37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 57
37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ............................................................................................... 57
37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................................... 57
38 EROSYON AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 57
38.1 STABTLIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. S7
38.2 PROTECTION AND STAB1LiZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 57
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 57
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 58
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASTNS ....................................................................................... 58
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROS5ING WATERWAYS OR WATERB�DIES ...................... 58
38.7 SWALES, DTTCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 58
38.8 UNDERGR�UND UTTLTTY CONSTRUCTION ..........:..................................
.......... 59
38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 59
38.10 COMPLIANCE .............................................................................................................59
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 62
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 62
41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES....................................................................................................... 62
SectianlV.dacx iv 4/11 /2011
'
'
1
�
1
'� �
1
1
'
1
L_J
1
L�
'
�
1
1
�
1
'
�-�
'
1
�
��
CJ
LJ
'
1
'
41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 62
41.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 63
41. 2.1 GENERAL . . . . . ... ... .. ................... .......................... . .. ............................. ... . .. ......... . ... 63
41.2.2 PIPEMATERIA.LSANDFITTINGS .....................................................................63
41.2.3 GATE YALVES ...................................................................................................... 65
41.2.4 YALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 6S
41. 2. S ITYDRANTS ........... ............... ... .. .......... . ......... .. .. . . .... . .... .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. ... . . . ............ ........ 66
41.2. 6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 67
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 67
41.2.8 BACKFL�W PREVENTERS ................................................................................ 67
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 68
41.2.10 BL�W OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 68
41.3 CONSTRUCTTON ........................................................................................................68
4.1.3.1 MATERIAL IYANDL.ING ....................................................................................... 68
41. 3. 2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 68
41.3.3 SETTING OF YALYES, HYDRANTSAND FITTINGS ......................................... 70
41. 3. 4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES . . . . . . .. .. ................ ..................... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
41.4 TESTS .........................................•--...................................-•---.......................................71
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 71
41.4. 2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 71
41.5 STERILIZATi�N ......................................................................................................... 71
41. S.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 71
41. 5.2 FL USHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 71
41. S. 3 STER.ILIZATION PR�CED URE .... . . . . . ...... .. ... .. .. .. .................... .......... .. . . .......... .. .. 71
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHL�RINE TESTS ........................................................................... 72
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 72
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 72
41. 6.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 72
41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 73
41 6 3 FURNISHAND INSTA.�L FITTINGS ................................................................... 73
' 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE YALVES COMPLETE WITHBOXESAND
C� VER S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
41.6.5 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 73
' 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 74
1
1
1
'
43 TENN�S COURTS .......................................................................................................... 74
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURT5 ............
43.1.1 S�IL TREATMENTS ...............
43.1.2 BASE COURSE .......................
43.1. 3 PRIME COAT .........................
43.1.4 LEVELING C�URSE ..............
43.I.S SURFACECOURSE ...............
43.1. � C�L�R COAT ........................
�3.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ..............
43.2.1 GENERAL ...............................
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ..............
93.2.3 SLOPE .....................................
43. 2. 4 BASE CONSTR UCTI�N.........
' $ectionlV.docx
'
�
v
............................. 74
............................. 74
............................. 74
............................. 74
............................. 74
............................. 75
............................. 76
............................. 76
............................. 77
............................. 77
............................. 78
4/1 ]./201 ]
44
45
a�
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING ....................................................................................... 78
43.2. 6 SURFACE CUURSE ............................................................................................. 78
43. 2. 7 RO�T BARRIER .......................................................................................... ......... 78
43. 2. 8 FENCING ............................................................................................................. 79
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ....................................................................................................79
43.2.10 CDURT EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................... 79
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 81
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 81
43. 2.13 CONCRETE ......... . . . .. .......... .. . ...... ....... .. ... . . . . . ... ..... .............. .. ................ ........ . . . . . . . . 81
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING ................................................ 81
43.2.15 WATER COOLER .................................................................................................. 82
�f3.2.16 DEMONSTRATION .............................................................................................. 82
43.2.17 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................... SZ
WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .........................................................•--------------- 83
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK Z�NE TRAF�'IC CONTROL ......... 83
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 83
44. 2.1 W�RK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 83
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDET.INES ....................................................................... 84
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS ................................................................................................... 84
44. 3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTER.IALS, LOCAL C�LLECTORS ................. 84
44. 3. 3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERI'ALS .. . ........ .. . . . . ......... .. ............... ... . . . . . . .. ... 84
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 84
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 84
44.5 1NSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 85
44.6 PAY1VfENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 85
44.7 CERTIFTCATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFF�C CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ SS
CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .........................•---................................................. $5
45.1 INTENT .................................................................••----................................................. 85
45.2 PR�DUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 86
45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 86
45.4 CLEANZI�TG/SURFACE PREPARATI�N ................................................................... 86
45.5 TELEVTSION iNSPECTION ....................................................................................... $7
45.6 LINER 1NSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 87
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 87
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 87
45.9 PAYMENT ....................................................................................................................87
SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 88
46.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 88
46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTlNGS ........................................................................................... 88
4d. I.2 QUALITY CONTROL ........................................................................................... 88
46.1.3 SAMPLES ..............................................................................................................88
46.1.4 REJECTION ..........................................................................................................88
46.2 PIPE DIMENSI�NS ..................................................................................................... 88
46.3 CONSTRUCTI4N PRACTICES ...................�------....................................................... 89
46. 3.1 HANDLING DF PIPE ........................................................................................... 89
46. 3. z REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECT70NS .................................................................... 89
5ectionIV.docx vi 4/1 ] /2011
,
1
1
1
1
1 �
1
1
4
1
1
'
1
1
'
' 4
'
'
�J
r�
46. 3. 3 PIPE JOINING ..................................................................................................... 89
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 89
46.4 SLIFLINING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 89
4b.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTSAND DIMENSIDNS ...................................................... 89
46. 4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTI�N ........................................................................... 89
46. 4. 3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAYATIONS .......................................................... 90
46. 4. 4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ................................................................................ 90
46. 4. S CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ...................................................................... 90
4b.4. d UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 90
46. 4. 7 BACKFILLING ..................................................................................................... 91
�6.4.8 P�.INT REPAIR ..................................................................................................... 91
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ...........................:....................................................... 91
7 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RISBED PIPE ...................... 91
47.1 SCOPE .................................:........................................................................................ 91
47.2 MATERIALS ...........................................�---•................................................................ 91
47.3 P1PE ..............................................................:............................................................... 9l
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 92
47.5 FITTINGS .....................................................................................................................92
S GUNITE SPECIF�CATIONS ........................................................................................ 92
48.1 PRESSURE 1NJECTED GROUT ................................................................................ 92
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ................. 92
48.3 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 92
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 93
48.5 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 93
48.G WATER ......................................................................................................................... 93
48.7 REINFORCEMENT ..................................................................................................... 93
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ........................................................................•---••-----.... 93
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ......................................................................................... 94
48.10 PROPORTIONING .......................................................................................................94
48.11 MIXING ........................................................................................................................94
4$.12 APPLICATION .............................................................................................................94
48.13 CONSTRUCTION .1OINTS ......................................................................................... 95
48.14 SURFACE FINISH ....................................................................................................... 95
48.15 CURING ....................................................................................................................... 95
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ............................. 95
48.17 IIVSPECTION ............................................................................................................... 96
48.18 EQUIPMENT ..............................................................................�----............................ 96
9 SANITARY AND STORM MANHULE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 97
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ................................................................................................. 97
49.2 PAYMENT ..............................................................................••----................................97
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................................................ 97
49.3.1 MATERL4LS ..........................................................................................................97
49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................... 98
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PR�DUCT SYSTEM ................................................ 98
49.4.1 MATERIALS ..........................................................................................................99
49.5 IIVFILTRATION CONTROL .............................................•-----•--------............................ 99
SectionN.docx
vii
4/] ] /2Q11
49.6 GROUTING MlX ......................................................................................................... 99
49.7 LINER MIX ...............................•.................................................................................. 99
49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 100
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 100
49.10 EQUIPIVIENT ............................................................................................................. 100
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 100
49.11.1 PREPARATION ...................................................................................................100
49.11.2 MIXING ...............................................................................................................101
49.11.3 SPRAYING ...............................................................101
...........................................
49.11. � PROD UCT TESTING . . . . . . .... .. ....... . . . .... . . . . . . . ......... . . . . . . . . . ....... ....... . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . 101
49.11.5 CURING ..............................................................................................................101
49.11. 6 MANHOLE TES'TING AND ACCEPTANCE ........ . . . . .. .. .. ........ ............. . . . . . ... ....... 102
49.12 TNNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES L1NER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 102
49.12.1 SCOPE .. ................ . . . .. ... ....... .......... ............... ......... . . ... ............ . ............. . .. . .......... 102
49.12.2 MATER.IALS ........................................................................................................102
49.12.3 1NSTALLATIONAND EXECUTIDN .................................................................. 104
50 PRO,�ECT INFORMAT�ON SxGNS ...................•--•---••--•-••---•---................... .......... 106
Sl IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................ 106
51.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 106
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... 107
51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................107
51.2.2 C�NCRETE ........................................................................................................107
51.2.3 C�URT PATCHBINDER MIX ........................................................................... 107
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 107
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE .......................................................... 108
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... 108
S1.6 PLAYING LINES --• .................................................................................................... 108
51.7 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................108
51.$ LJMITATIONS ............................................................................................................108
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .........................109
53 GASIONS AND MATTRESSES..........-•-•-----------• .............................................•--.......109
53.1 MATERIAL ................................................................................................................ 109
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERI"AL ..... . . . ... . . . ............ ... . . ............ .. . . ... 109
53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL : ...............................................111
53.1. 3 MATTRESS WIRE ........... . .... .. . ....... ....... . .... . . .. . ....... . .. .... . ....... ................ . . . . .. ... . . . . . .112
53..1.4 GEOTEX7'ILE FABRIC ........................................................................................112
53.2 FERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................112
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................113
54.1 SCOI'E ................................................................................................................•---.....113
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK .........................................................................................1.13
54.3 WORK METHODS .....................................................................................................114
S4. 3.1 MAINTENANCE S'CHED ULING .......................................................... ..............114
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ............................................................................114
5�}.4 LITTER ........................................................................................................................114
54.5 VISUAL CHECK ........................................................................................................114
SectionIV,docx viii 4/11/2011
'
'
i
1
'
'
1
,
'
1
1
'
1
'
1
,
1
1
1
�
54.6 PLANT TRIMMiNG AND PALM PRUNING ...........................................................114
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)......114
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL ......................................................................•--..........................11�
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL .................................................................................................115
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY .............................................................................................115
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION ........................................................................................... ] 15
54. l 2 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ..........................................................115
54.13 1VIULCH CONDITION ................................................................................................115
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .....................................................................11 S
54,15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST C4NTROL ......................................................115
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION .............................................................................................115
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTI�N .............................................................................................116
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ..................................................................................................116
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ........................................................................................116
54.20 17VSPECTION AND AFPROVAL ...............................................................................116
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................116
SS MILLING OPERATIONS ............................................................................................117
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE .......................................117
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................117
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................118
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ......................................................................................118
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF iJNDERGROLTND UTILITIES ...................118
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES .............................................................118
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING .................................................................................................118
55.8 M1LLiNG OF INTERSECTIONS ...............................................................................119
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................119
55.10 SAS15 O�' PAYMENT ................................................................................................119
56 CLEARING AND GRUSSING .......................................•-------------•-.............................119
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................119
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..................................................................... .................119
57 RIPRAP ..........................................................................................................................119
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .....................................................................................119
57.2 BASIS OF PAYlV1ENT ............................................................................................... 120
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ......................................................•---------................120
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 120
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 120
S9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...........................................12p
59.1 SASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 121
b0 SIGN�NG AND MARKING .........................................................................................121
6�.1 BASiS OF MEASLTREMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... l21
bl R�ADWAY LIGHTING ..............................................................................................121
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 12l
SectionTV.docx ix 4/11/20] 1
62 TREE PROTECTION ..................................................................................................122
62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 122
62.2 ROOT PRUNiNG ....................................................................................................... 122
62.3 PROPER TREE �RUNTNG ........................................................................................ 123
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES ..............................................................................................124
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 124
63.2 WEB ACCESSISILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 124
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 124
63.4 MAFS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 12S
63.5 1NTERACTIVE FORMS ........................................................................................... 125
63.6 PO5TING .............................................................•......................................................125
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 125
64 OVERHEAD ELECTRYC LINE CLEAiRANCE ......................................................125
64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS ........................................................................................... 125
64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE D�STANCES ............................................. 125
SectionIV.docx x 4/11/2011
'
I 1 SCOPE OF WORK
' 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project Name: 2Q11 CURB REPLACEMENT PROJECT
��
1
'
�
1
Project Number: 11-0037-EN
Scape of Work:
Remove and replace curb and gutter at various locations. Curb has been marked with paint and
is ccacked and elevated or depressed causing drainage and trip problems. Elevations will need to
be corrected and curb replaced to maintain flow line_
LOCATIONS•
Sayside Drive
The section of Bayside Drive is approxirnately 3000 feet long and there are at least 17 sections of
curb to be replaced with varying lengths from approximately 5 to 12� feet. The replacement
shall be City of Clearwater Index 101(detail provided) valley gutter and will total 6�0 feet.
Srightwater Drive
' The section of Brightwater Drive is approximately 1700 feet long and there are at least 12
sections of curb to be replaced with varying lengths from approximately S to 120 feet. The
replacement shall be City of Clearwater Index l Ol valley gutter and will tota1450 feet.
'
�]
,
1
Devon Drive
The section of Devon Drive is approximately 1500 feet long and there are at least 13 sectians of
curb to be replaced with varying lengths fram approximately 5 to 120 feet. The replacement
shall be City of Clearwater Index 101 valley gutter and will tota12S4 feet.
Main Ave S
The section of Main Ave South is appraximately 3000 feet lang and there are at least 3 sections
of curb ta be replaced with varying lengths from approximately 5 to 70 feet. The replacement
shall be City of Clearwater index 101 valley gutter and will total 80 feet. In addition there is a
60 foot section of valley with 4#� bars shall be City oi Clearwater Index 10'7 (detail pravided).
Landmark Drive
, The section of Landmark Drive is approximately 7000 feet long and there are at least 1 Q sections
of curb to be replaced with varying lengths fram approximately 5 to 50 feet. The replacement
shall be City of Clearwater Index 101 valley gutter and will total 240 feet.
'
'
1
,
1
Longview Drive
This is a cul-de-sac on Longview Drive one sections of curb is to be replaced. The replacement
shall be City of Clearwater Index 101 valley gutter and will total 250 feet. Remove and replace
80 square yards of asphalt adjacent to curbing to be replaced around cul-de-sac.
Cl�veland Street
The section of Cleveland Street is approximately 8500 feet lang and there are at least 5 sections
of curb to be replaced with varying lengths from approximately 5 ta SO feet. The replacement
SectionIV.docx xi 4/11/201 I
shall be City af Clearwater Index 10l valley gutter ar modified curb (match existing) and will
total 160 feet.
CONTRACT PERIOD: 60 CONSECUTiVE CALENDAR DAYS
SectionIV.docx xii 4/11 /2011
1
1
�
'
i
1
'
,
,
1
'
'
,
1
�
�
1
,
�
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name: 2011 CURS REPLACEMENT PROJECT
Project Number: 11-003'7-EN
The following Articles of the Technical Speci�cations will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1 X Sco e Of Work
2.1 X Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractar
2.2 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed Sy The City
3 ❑ Defrnition Of Terms
4 ❑ Order And Location Of The Work
5 Excavation For Under round Work
6 X Cancrete
7 X Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work
8 Reinforcement
9 ❑ Obstructions
10 X Restoration Or Replacemier�t Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street
Pavement
11 ❑ Work In Easements Or Parkways
12 Dewatering
13 Sanita Manholes
1� ❑ Backfill
1 S Street Crossin s, Etc.
16 ❑ Raisin Or Lowerin Of Sanita Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures
1'1 Unsuitable Material Removal
18 Underdrains
19 ❑ Storm Sewers
20 Sanita.ry Sewers And Force Mains
21 Draina e
22 X Roadwa Base And Sub rade
23 X As haltic Concrete Materials
24 Ad�ustment To The Unit Bid Price For As halt
25 General Plantin S ecifications
26 ❑ Hd e Deformed - Reformed Fi e Lining
27 ❑ Plant Mix Drivewa s
28 ❑ Re ortin �f Tonnage �f Recycled Materials
29 X Concrete Curbs
30 Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewa s
31 Soddin
32 ❑ Seedin
33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Sasins Or Other Storm Structures
34 ❑ Material Used
35 ❑ Conflict Between Plans And 5 ecifications
SectiUnIV.dOcx xiii 4/11 /201 ]
36 Street Si s
37 ❑ Audio/Video Recordin Of Work Areas
38 ❑ Erosion And Siltation Control
39 ❑ Utilit Tie In Location Markin
40 ❑ Award Of Cantract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
41 Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and A urtenances
42 Gas S stem S ecifications
43 ❑ Tennis Courts
44 X Work Zone Traific Cantrol -
4S Cured-In-Place Pi e Linin
46 S eci�cations for Fol eth lene Sli linin
47 S ecificatians for Palyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pi e
48 ❑ Gunite S ecifications
49 Sanitary and Stortn Manhole Liner Restaration
50 ❑ Pro�ect Information Si ns
51 In-Line Skatin Surfacin S stem
S2 ❑ Resident Notifcation af Start af Construction
53 Gabions and Mattresses
54 ❑ Y,awn Maintenance S eci�cations
55 Millin O erations
56 Clearin and Grubbin
57 Ri ra
58 ❑ Treatment Plant Safety
59 Trat�ic Si al E ui ment and Materials
60 ❑ Si nin And Markin
61 Roadway Li htin
62 Tree Protection
63 Project Web Pa es
,
,
�
1
C�
�
,
,
,
'
1
,
'
'
'
1
'
'
SectionIV.docx X�� 4/11/2011
�
,
, 2
� 2.1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
FIELD ENGINEERING
LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
' The Contractar shall provide and pay for �eld engineering s�rvice required for the project. Such
work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site
improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels reyuired for the construction of the
' work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the
Contractar's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals
under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As-
' built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III
(General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
�
'
'
'
1
'
1
1
1
LJ
'
�
�
2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the
Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the
Engineer. The Cantractor shall locate and protect cantrol paints prior to starting site work and
shall preserve all permanent reference paints during construction. In working near any
permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or
disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be remaved or are disturbed due to the
proximity of constructian work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land
Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida.
2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA
The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the
Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing
locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record
drawings for the project.
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completian of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as detertnined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the
rate of $100.00 per haur. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
computed in one-hour increments. Minirr►um charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III,
ARTTCLE 1- DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply.
For the putpase of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that
the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approxirnate and is given only as a
basis af calculation upan which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not
assume any respansibility that the �nal quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated
SectionN.docx Page 1 of 126 4/] ]/20I l
Section N — Technica] Specifications
quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate
of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditians or situations
pertaining thereto.
3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS
Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of
local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, ar tentative standard
adapted and published at the date of receipt af bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
3.2 ABBREVIATI�NS AND SYMBOLS
Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are de�ned as follows:
AA Aluminurn Association, Inc.
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Of�cials
ACI American Concrete Institute
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AMA Acaustical Materials Associatian
AMCA Air Moving and Canditioning Association, Inc.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
Al'A American Plywood Association
ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning
A.SME American Society of Mechanical EngineErs
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWG American Wire Gauge
AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Associatian
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CISPI Cast Iron Sail Pipe Institute
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CS CommeXCial Standards and National Bureau of Standards
DEP Department af Environmental Protection (Floxida)
DOT Department of Transportation (Florida)
EPA Environmental Frotection Agency
FAC Florida Administrative Cade
FBC Florida Building Code
FFPC Flarida Fire Prevention Code
FGC Florida Gas Code
FMC Florida Mechanical Code
FPC Florida Plumbing Code
FedSpec Federal Specifications
HT Standards of Hydraulic Institute
SectionN.docx Page 2 of 12b 4/11/2011
'
1
�
1
'
,
�
�
,
1
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
i
�
�
1
1
1
�
1
,
�_J
'
'
1
1
1
1
'
,
�
1
'
IBSM
IEEE
IPS
MIL
NAAMM
NSFU
NEC
1VEMA
NFPA
NPT
NWMA
PCA
PCI
5BC
SBCCI
SDI
SFPC
SGC
SJI
SMACCNA
SMC
SPC
SP�S
SSPC
TCA
UL
Section IV — Technical Specif cations
Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Iron Pipe Size
Military Specification
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
National Board of Fire Underwriters
National Electrical Code
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
National Fire Frotection Association
National Pipe Thread
National Woadwork Manufacturers' Associatian
Portland Cement Association
Prestressed Concrete Institute
St�ndard Building Code (SBCCI)
Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
Steel Door Institute
Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI)
Standard Gas Code (SBCCI)
Steel Joist Institute
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National
Association
Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI)
Standard 1'lumbing Code (SBCCI)
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
Steel Structures Painting Council
Title Council of America
Underwriters' Laboratories
4 �RDER AND LOCATI�N OF THE WORK
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATI�N OF THE
W ORK.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGR�UND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successiul completion af the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods af work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (QSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract ta be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractar's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
reinoval of water from the excavatian, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
SectionIV.docx Page 3 of 126 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
a"Competent �erson" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Ferson to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required frozn time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in coxnpliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the apinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either pravide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate ineans for the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perfonn excavation wark using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to canform to
OSHA safety requirements w,ithout a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one tizne in advance of the
completed work unless written permi.ssion is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. Far pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body oi the pip� to rest throughout its length. rn case a trench is excavated at any place,
excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottam as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
S CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest
editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the
American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall
be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber inesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
conform to AASHTO M-8S. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready inix concrete
shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspectar a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
All cancrete shall be testEd in the following manner:
Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
af the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
SectionlV.docx Page 4 of ] 26 4/11/2011
1
1
�
'
'
�
'
t
1
1
1
1
1
'
'
1
�
'
�1.
1
'
'
,
,
'
�
1
Section N — Technical Specifications
deterrrained by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
7
7.1
EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon
which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry".
7.2 FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written pernnission frotn Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall
be oF suffcient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
sprmgmg.
E��:��11►1%]:%]�I►'ll�►��
' When required, reinforcEment shall be placed in the cancrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
' requirernents of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirettaents.
1
�1
1
1
1
�
'
1
1
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price far the item of work specifed.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected fram injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, pramptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor ta the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or pales, the Engineer shall be at ance natified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans ta show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise pravided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the wark by a registered land
surveyar. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
SectionlV.docx Page 5 of 126 4/11/2011
10
Section IV — Technical Specifications
RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or darnaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to cornplete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When rEplacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration ar placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for an the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square faot.
Concrete walks at drives shall be a miniinum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a rninimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restaration and replacement work.
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS �R PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the
construction progress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
within a reasonable time shall be justification for a teinporary stop on primary constructian
activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made %r this work.
The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission.
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use witlaout charge fram the City's wastewater
treatment plants, provided the water is used on Ciry of Clearwater contxactual work. Details for
Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coardinated at the pre-
SectionN.docx Page 6 of 126 4/11/2011
'
1
1
'
1
,
�
1
'
'
1
'
'
1
1
�
'
1
'
1
1
1
1
�
Section IV � Technical 5peci�cations
canstruction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory
requirements.
12 DEWATERING
72.1 GENERAL
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as reyuired for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
' Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottam and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
' the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
'
'
1
1
1
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposin� of all water resulting frorn trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, ar, in the
case oi other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL
The City of Clearwater will hald the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Fermit for
the Di5charge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior ta
dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways,
Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor inust
, collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The
following document has been incorporated into this section for reference...
' 1�.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED
GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE
'
�
ACTIVITY
Citv Notification ProcEdure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environrnental
Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities:
1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results
2) A copy of the FDEP Notifcation
' �t is recommended that the Contractar call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have
any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance.
STATE OF FLORIDA
1 SectionIV.docx Page 7 of 126 4/1 ]/2011
1
Section N -- Technical Speci�cations
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER
FR�M ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY
The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site
activity which discharges by a point saurce to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62-
620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the
listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites,
analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to
determine if contamination exists.
Minimutn reporting requirements far all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be
sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement
of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued
coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit
shall b� taken prior ta actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be
sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Screening Values for Discharges into:
Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters
Total Organic Caxbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 10.0 rng/1
FH, standard units 6.�-8.5 6.5-$.5
Total Recaverable Mercury — by Method 1631 E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 µg/1
Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 9.3 µg/1
Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1
Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1
Tatal Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg/1
Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/1
Benzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg/1
Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1
If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the
discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the Crty of Clearwater.
(a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which
may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic
compounds, the permittee inay request to be exempted frotn the T�C
SectionN.docx Page 8 of 126 4/11/2011
'
1
'
1
C
1
1
1
1
'
1
1
1
'
�
�
1
�
'
1
,
1
1
1
;u�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional
infarmation with �. Noti�� af Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the
method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The
Departtnent shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demanstrates
that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight
organic compounds.
The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district affice thirty
(30) days prior ta discharge, and contain the following infarmation:
the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued
to;
' 2. the name and address of the facility, including county lacation;
3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s);
4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and
longitude);
' S. the name of the receiving water; and
6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit.
1
(c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the
Department.
For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0
' units for fresh waters, or less than �.5 units for caastal waters, or raised above $.S units, unless
the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH autside of
this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units
' for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural
background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal
waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined ta be higher than 8.5 units,
, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural
backgraund of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH
of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this
' permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration
of less than 1500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentratian equal to or
1
1
1
greater than 1500 mg/l.
In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from
floating solids, visible faam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on
surface waters.
If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph
(2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an
individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface
waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other
applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without ara effective permit.
' Tf the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any
source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having
ta submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed
' activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district off'ice
within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during
1 SectionTV.docx Page 9 of 126 4/11/2011
L�I
Section IV — Technical Specifications
discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge
Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department.
All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, �'.A.C., are applicable to this Generic
Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use ofthis Generic Permit.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes sha11 be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and cavers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of chann�ls shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be farmed by one of the fo�lowing methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe thraugh manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drap exceeds twenty four inches.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely �lled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch af mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
13.2 PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manhales shall con�orm to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a miniznum wall thickness of 5
inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be
a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum
concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
Three sets of shop drawings and lacation inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance
to these speci�cations unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by
the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shap drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the jab site when manhole cocnponents are delivered.
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flaw of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3.
SectioniV.docx Page 10 of 126 4/11/2011
1
'
1
'
'
1
'
,
1
'
1
1
'
�
�
'
'
'
1
1
1
1
,
1
1
'
1
1
1
1
,
1
'
Section IV — Technical 5pecifications
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe apenings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5)
inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the inanhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section N, Article 23.7 -- Asphaltic Concrete —
Adjustment of Manholes.
13.3 DROP MANHOLES
5tandard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed af commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II
Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type Il Class I) as
manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up rnanholes which
have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have
the inside plastered with 1/2-inch af graut and coated as precast manholes below.
The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry
thickness of Type II Asphalt emulsion, rnoisture and damp proof (Specifrcation ASTM D 1227
Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite.
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANH�LES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhale adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material ar from other sources
' as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free fram organic matter ar
debris, contain no rocks ar other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
�11 shall be similar material.
, Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed araund the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or ather suitable means.
' Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom af pavement.
1 SectionIV.docx Page ] 1 of 126 4/11/2011
'
Section TV — 7echnical Specifications
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be campact�d the full depth to the ground surface to a
rninimurn of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other undergraund structures, in the cost of such structure.
15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, sa as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
1G RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lawered as indicated on the plans
or as indicated by the Engineer.
1 S.1 BASIS �F PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable rnaterial, such as muck, clay, rack, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer.
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of rneasurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation,
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Froposal.
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal af unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If na pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
18 UNDERDRAINS
The Contractar shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Cantract Scope of
Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe
shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and
aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter rnaterial. A#57 aggregate
may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be
stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless atherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8"
SectioniV,docx Page 12 of 126 4/11/2011
1
1
LJ�
[ �i
1
1
1
'
�
1
1
�
1
��
1
C
'
1
1
,
'
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specifcation
For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revisian, minimum stiffness of
46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189
described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revisian and in conformance with ASTM D3034 -
SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe
exceeds ASTM Specifications D 17$4, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C,
manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of SO psi, with no evidence of
splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at b0%
flatting and with a double gasket joint.
' Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe
with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure
ta ultra vialet radiatian shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall
be the same as specified for patable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain
' aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mira� 14p-N or approved
equal) per the construction d�tail drawings.
'
'
18,1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number o£ lineal feet of $" Sub-drain in place and accepted.
1 S.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above,
, which shall be full compensation far all work described in this sectian of the spscifications arad
shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain
1
'
�_�
1
1
1
1
[li
'
(specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway,
road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item.
19 STORM SEWERS
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless
otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941
of the current FDOT Specificatians.
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent
(as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit
price for the pipe.
All pipe, just before being lawered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty
is found in the fitting the pieces tag�ther, this fitting is to be done an the surface of the street
before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No
pipe is to be trimrned or chipped to fit. Each piece af pipe is ta be solidly and evenly bedded, and
raat simply wedged up. Sefore finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that
the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout.
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right affsets of all manholes,
inlet structurES and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream
SectionN.docx Page 13 of 126 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole
cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter)
19.2 TESTING
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all
conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer
which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration.
The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by
filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the
crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer,
whichever is higher, and then rneasuring the exfiltration. In na case shall the infiltration or
exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch af diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish
all labor, rnaterials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or ex�ltration under the
Engineer's direction. Where the ir�filtration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own
expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer,
remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No
trench rnade joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be
acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted,
measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of
storm manhales or drainage structures and ta the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price
includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, iilter fabric wrap,
labor and incidentals, �tc.).
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
f+���i�►��I_���:7I_1�-�
2Q.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLOR�DE OR DUCTILE YRON.
1'olyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R.
35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly
marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber
sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying
length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet.
Un1ESS otherwise nated in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and
fittings far gravity sewer shall canform to Section 41 of these Technical Speci�cations for DIP
water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline
easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral
connections within the side easement. The pipe rnaterial in the side easement between streets
SectionIV.docx Page 14 of 126 4/11/2011
r
LJ
,
,
'
'
1
1
1
1
1
�
1
'
'
1
,
1
'
1
1
1
1
1
C_�
�_�
'
1
1
'
Section IV — Technical 5pecifications
shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41.
A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line.
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL SE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifcations or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile
iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Speci�cations
for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures
recommendations.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet
radiation shall be rejected.
20.2 INSTALLATION
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices cantained
in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNl B 5.
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable
width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and
compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sh�eting shall be
perfort7aed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted
haunching material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow
preparation of bedding, placem�nt of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without
standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to
prevent flotation or misalignment.
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to
' remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm
support of pipe.
1
1
1
'
Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2�eet in length and shall use an
approved water stop around pipe joint entry.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is
required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction
inspector the location of all new laterals.
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation af farce main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical
Specifications for water main pipe.
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings
' describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from
the nearest dawnstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings
1 SectionIV.docx Page 15 of 126 4/11 /201,1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
will also describe elevations of the narth edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts o� all main
pipes in manhales.
20.4 TESTING
F���'�ii��[+��1►CrI•7�r7:7\�Ii�'1����i�1���
The Contractar shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all
conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below graundwater level
may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying
above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a
hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test
section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the
exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the in�ltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter
per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the
amaunt of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or
exfiltration is excessive, the Contractar at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to
rennedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire
length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after
they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The
Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and u,niform grade and the absence of
bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of mare than 1/4-
inches shall be cause for rejection.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as
described in Section. 41..04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
F�� i t r I: 7 �\�� i�l �� � 7�:7 717 �
Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per
appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for
payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes.
Payrnent for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline
of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the
property line.
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to connp1ete
the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering,
backfill and grading.
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of
these Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
SectionTV,doex Page 16 of ] 26 4/11/2011
1
1
�
�
,
'
1
'
'
1
1
1
�
1
I�_J
�1
�
'
,
��
li
IJ
,
'
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
�'�i � �7:7_1 I ► /_�r] �
The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the
progress af the work and replace them in as goad condition as he found thern.
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
22.1 BASE
This speci�cation describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's Cantract Specifications for additional
roadway base and subgrade items.
' Roadway base s�all be 8" compact�d minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a
minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed
' by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor
and an LBR for each type material. The Contractar shall also have an independent testing
laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the
' limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply.
' �nce the roadway base is completed, it shall be prirned that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs
required to the base that result fram a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done
' to the City's satisfaction, and at the Cantractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can
commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost far placement of prime material
shall be included in the bid item for base.
LJ
'
,
'
[�
C.J
'
1
�
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspectar a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base
and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable:
l. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum co��npacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT appraved. The cost of the
prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
200 and 911 of FD07''s Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a
minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The linnerock shall be from a
FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item
price for base.
CRUSHED CONCRETE SASE: Crushed cancrete base shall be constructed in
accordance with Sections 20�4 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (]atest edition),
and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed
cancrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified
laboratory tests on gradation to canfirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms
to the above specifications. The LSR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation
tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week far continuous
operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City
SectionIV.docx
Page 17 af 126
4/11 /20l 1
Section N — Technical Specifications
Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid itern price
for base.
4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed
in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have
a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane
Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's
Standard Speci�cations (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise
noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with
asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for
the work.
The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered
Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design
shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall
be certi�ed by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer.
The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use
of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement
shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests
(i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be
at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil
cement design.
5. ASPHAI.T SASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifcations, and sha11 have a minirnum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in
the project scape and plans. The cost of the tack caat shall be included in thE bid item
price for asphalt or base.
6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working af the existing base, the
fnished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless
otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in
accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The
density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 2Q0 6
af FDOT's Standard SpECificatians (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements
are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number af square yards of base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency sha11 be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractar ta within acceptable tolerance, or if
sa approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such defrcient areas that are left in place.
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, �nishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans s�ecify a separate pay item),
SectionN.docx Page 18 of l26 4/11/2Q11
,
1
1
'
1
'
'
1
1
1
'
'
1
'
�
'
,
'
'
��
,
,
Section N — Technica] Specifications
stabilization, mixing, testing, equiprnent, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise noted in the praject scope and plans.
22.2 SUBGRADE
' All subgrade shall be stabilized and canstructed in accordance with Sectians 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All sub�rade shall
have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by
, the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the reyuirements of 5ection 911 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of
the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (LTnsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Cantract
' Specifications will apply. The extent af said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in
accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing,
grading, flling, and removing any trees ar vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to
' prepare it per the plans. The cast of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or
subgrade. The Cantractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value
after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade.
' 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place
, and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable def ciency for mixing depth
shall be per Section lbl -6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values
shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values st�all either be
' corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so appraved in writing by the
City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas
that are left in place (latest edition).
'
C_J
'
1
1
J
1
�2.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparatian, placernent, spreading,
compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labar, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to camplete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in
the bid item for base.
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specificatian is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design
asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
23.1.1 AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections
901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall canform to 5ection 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
' SectionlV.docx
�_�
Page 19 of 126
4/] 1/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT � QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous
materials shall conform to the requirements of Sectian 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance
procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 5tandard
Specifications.
The Contractar shall note that the City shall havE the right to have an indepertdent testing
laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all
materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tans
include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to
determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along
with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable
speci�cations for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the wark is discovered, as a result of such independent
testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract
documents, all costs of such independent iraspection and investigation as well as all costs of
removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the
Contractor.
Pa ment reductions for as halt related items shall be determined b the fallowin :
1. Density per Section 330-11 of ,FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface ar friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Speci�cations.
3. Thickness will be determined fram core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contxactor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
for a length extending at least 25' frorn each end oi the deficient area, or when the
Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (20pp edition). In addition, for excesses of'/a" or greater, the Engineer will
determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no campensation, or if the
pavement in question can remain with payment to be znade based an the thickness
specified in the contract.
The Contractor shall notify_ the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
lacement of all as halt.
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt rnix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 af FD�T's
2000 Standard Speci .fications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR
to the commencement of the paving operatian. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may
be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight.
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
SectionIV.docx
Page 20 of 126
!
C�
'
'
'
1
'
LJ
'
'
,
'
1
�
1
,
1
4/11/2011 �
r
�
L�
'
'
'
1
1
1
C�
1
C�
,
,
CJ
,
1
'
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Seyuence of Construction)
COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches)
THICKNESS
(Inches) Type S—I Type S—I with Type S--III FC-3 Type S—III Type S—I
Type S—IIl with FC-3 with FC-3
Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer
1 st 2nd 1 st 2°d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd
1 1 1
1'/z 1 %z
2 1'/a 3/a * 1 1
2'/z 1'/a 1'/a 1'/z 1 1'/z 1
3 I'/z 1'/Z 2 l 2 1
* At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-I�I is acceptable for use on residential streets
Additional Notes:
1. Type S—III shall be lirnited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only).
2. All asphalt pavement designs shall confarm to the requirements of sectians 331 and 337
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
3. All pavement designs sha11 include a minimum of two inches of asphalt.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement
design detail.
5. Unless otherwise sp�cified on the plans, Type S—III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications shall b� used as frnal riding surface on streets with the speed
limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000,
and all residential streets.
6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall
be used on streets with a speed limit af 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of
3000 or greater.
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTI�N REQUIREMENTS
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparatian of mixture, preparatian of surface, placement and campaction of mixture,
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with
Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
SectionN.docx Page 2] of l26 4/} 1/2011
Section iV — Technical Specifications
23.fi CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
23.6.1 CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by
the following steps:
1. All debris to be removed froin cracks by compressed air or other suitable methad.
2. Apply a multiple layered application o� bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
level of the surrounding roadway surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Fayment for crack �lling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.6.2 POTHOLES
Pothales shall be repaired priar to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall
be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each
itern.
The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditians:
The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
The riser shall cansist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel
adjustrnent stud and shall have a rust resistant �nish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or
fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per
rnanufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each
riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring
section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original
casting, priar to installation af the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that
the nnanholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are
thoraughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each
riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes sha11 be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacetnent and
compaction of raadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfrll using asphalt is
acceptable. The use of 1'ortland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
SectionIV.docx
Page 22 of 126
�
'
'
'
�_J
1
'
,
'
'
,
'
�
,
'
1
'
4/11/2011 �
'
1
��
,
'
,
'
'
'
1
C_J
1
1
'
� _�
1
1
Section TV — Technical Specifications
All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the applicatian of final
asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving
operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On
arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period
between initial adjustrnent and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve
baxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be
included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure
that they are not paved over. It is the Coratractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all
utilities of impending wark and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the
scheduled paving.
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item
for asphalt.
2. All pavernent rnarkings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
rnanner and at their awn expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4, The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom
Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas
shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that
picks up and hauls o�', dust and dirt. The sweeper traust be equipped with its own water
supply for pre-wetting ta minimi�e dust. Moreaver, the Contractor shall sweep debris aff
of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site.
The application of tack and prime coats (either reyuired or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cast
(including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sectians of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 af FDOT's 2000 5tandard
Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per tan unit cost for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
7. lf an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the reyuirements of Section 336
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Speci�cations.
8. �n all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt sl�all be '/4" abave the lip
or face of said curb per City Index 101 .
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic cancrete specifications in
' Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic
concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition).
' SectionN.dacx
,
Page 23 of 126
4/11/20] 1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to
Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition),
3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise
specified in the Scope af Work.
4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
S. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest editian).
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payrnent shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack
aiid/or prime coat eithet required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patchia�g,
filling af cracks; pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to cornplete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price %r asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the fallowing provisions:
1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be rnade when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT
shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet
site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business
with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For
additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be
used for the initial deter-mination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjusttnent Index in effect at the tirne of placement of the asphalt
will be used for payment calculatian.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payrnent will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Fayment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be �nade
for any month after the expiration of the allowable cantract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
SectionTV,docx Page 24 of 126 4/11/2011
1
'
�_J
1
��
'
'
'
'
1
Section 1V — Technical Specifications
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
25.1 IRRIGATION
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section cansists of the installation of an automatic
underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials,
equipment, services and facilities reyuired ta perform all work in connectian with the
underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or
specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay
item.
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in natur�. Valves and pipes shall be located in the
turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be
sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of
the Engineer.
25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation
subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scape,
mainline, system pressure, controls, etc.
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all
applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work
shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with
' the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected wark shall
be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractar's expense.
' D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten (] 0) calendar days prior to completion af canstruction a minimum of
three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information:
'
�
'
,
'
1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with narne(s) and
address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and eyuipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructians on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
"hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion of the praject that this service has been rendered.
a. �'our-hour instruction (minirnum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and
maintenance.
b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and
maintenance.
� sectionrv.aocx
�
Page 25 of 126
4/] ] /2011
Section 1V — Technical Specifications
25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITI�NS
A. The Trrigation Contractor sha11 coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground
impravements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting
requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of
main lines.
B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials.
C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to rnaintain the work area and equipment until
final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen,
or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the
contractor.
D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT speci�cations) to
the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to
comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the
public.
25.1.1.3 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory
service for one (1) year period from the date o� acceptance by the Engineer and the City
of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty periad due to inferior or
faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT.
25.1.2 PRODUCTS
�+k�i �+�i ��] �I `I �:7_1�
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect candition. No deviations
from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
25.1.2.2 PIPING
A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and
tested in accordance with these specifications.
S. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40,
coraforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipmerat to the
mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80.
25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe �ttings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Speci�cation for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or
trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval.
The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with
threaded Schedule 80 �ttings and threaded Schedule SO nipples.
SectionIV.docx Page 26 of 126 4/11/2011
'
1
1
C�
�J
'
1
'
1
1
1
1
�
,
'
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as
recomrnended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end.
B. Furple primer shall be applied after the pipe and �ttings has been cut and cleaned. The
Primer shall be of cantrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe.
25.1.2.5 THREADED C�NNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES
25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise nated on Drawings:
1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve
2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors
4. Non-Shock Safe-T-Shear Stem
5. Safe-T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing
Company , Sylmer, California, ar approved equal.
25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/z" IN. AND LARGER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. AWWA-G509
2. 2001b. O.W.G.
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
4. Deep socket joints
5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
7. Double disc
8. Equipped with 2" square aperating key with tee handla
B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5'
long with a 2" square operating nut.
25.1.2.'i SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater)
25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTR�L VALVES
tA. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure acrass-the
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GFM) with a
' SectionlV.docx
1
Page 27 of 126
4/11/20] 1
5ection iV — Technical Specifcations
pressure loss not to exceed 6.l pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating
shall nat be less than 150 psi.
B. The valve body and bonnent shall be canstructed of high impact weather resistant plastic,
stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's ane-piece
diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip
inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections.
D. The valve canstruction shall be as such ta provide for all internal parts to be removable
from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California, or approved equal.
F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES
A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36
concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal.
B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015
cover comparable ta Brooks, or approved equal.
C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION
25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION
A. Techline sha11 consist of nominal sized one-l�alf inch (1/2") low-density linear
polyethylene tubing with internal pressure coanpensating, cantinuously self-cleaning,
integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be
brown in calor and confozm to an outside diaineter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside
diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. lndividual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded
to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers
shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragim retainer and a self-
flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragrn extending the full length of the dripper.
25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION
A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet
pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and
with a manufacturer's coe�cient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating
pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9
gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flaw/xeduced pressure
compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The
drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be
available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing betweeil drippers unless otherwise specified.
Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on 1'lans. Maximum
system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius
shall be 7".
SectionIV.docx
Page 28 of 126
4/11/2011
�
,
'
'
'
'
�
'
'
'
'
'
'
1
�
�
1
'
1
,
'
'
Section TV — Technical Specifications
B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be
installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change af direction.
25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES
A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each
' independent zone area. This valve shall be capable oiflushing one gallon at the beginning
of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect
directly to the dripline.
'�J
1
'
�l
1
25.1.2.1p.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE
A. Each independent irrigation zozae shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high
point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi.
25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. The pressure regulatar shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds
per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating
accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high-
impact engineering grade thermaplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed
stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the
water passage.
25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS
� A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minirnum parCial
size to travel thcough or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be
constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance.
' 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS
A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings
' and dripline shall be as manufactured by the rnanufacturer of the dripline to ensure the
integrity of the subsurface irrigation system.
1
1
1
'
1
'
,
25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CQNTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation contraller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate
transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated ta the Control Module from
the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The cantroller shall be of a module type
which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function
normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall
function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and sha11 be potted to
insure waterproof op�ration. The control module shall have two mounting slots for
screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box.
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless
of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either
sequentially or independently.
SectionIV.docx Page 29 of 126 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station
run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one zninute increments, and a
seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed
on the valves. Manual operatians shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to
the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of
manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as rnanufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California USA.
25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER
A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field
Transmitter) only. The Fie1d Transrnitter shall communicate to the Control Madule via an
infrared connectian. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS
plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall
operate an one 9V alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad.
A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after
one minute when not in use.
G The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK
Control Modules.
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID
A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, iiltered adapter allowing
installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, FES-B, GB, of EFB series
valve.
B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.5 EXECUTION
25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A, Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general
details of the work.
B. Verify dirnensions and grades at job site before work is com�nenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary
shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed,
except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor
in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given
to the Contractar.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by
outside authorities.
SectionIV.docx Page 30 of 126
�]
1
1
'
1
'
,
1
'
i
'
'
,
'
,
L J�
'
'
4/] 1/2011
'
'
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically
mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions.
, F. If there are arnbiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific
interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or
clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractar shall comply with the
' decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall
be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of
tsprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other
underground utilities. Contractar shall employ all data contained in the contract
Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the
' manner by which it relates to the installation.
H. Da not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that
' obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or
specific notes are discovered. All such abstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be
brought to the attention of the Engineer.
1
'
�
LC
1
1
1
'
'
T. The disturbance o� existing paving will not be permitted. Install all reyuired sleeving
prior to roadway base.
25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL
A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide cantinuous support far pipe on bottom of trenches.
Lay pipe to unifonn grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on
Drawings.
B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all
lines of other trades.
C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.
25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING
A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of �11 placed over the pipe.
B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fne granular material with no foreign matter
larger than '/z in.
C. Compact backfill according to Section ] 2S of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition.
D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs.
, F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per
AASHTO T 1$0 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed
95% of maximum density.
' SectionN.docx
1
Page 31 of 126 4/11/2011
3ection N — Technical Specifcations
G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tarnpers or approved hand
tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more
than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall
have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to
prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities.
25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING:
A. Routing af pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on
Drawings.
B. Coardinate specirnen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
1. Planting locations sha11 take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated.
C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure
supply line.
D. Layaut drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between
site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the axiginal
Drawings, and without additional cost.
E. Layout all systems using an approved staking rnethod, and maintain the staking af
approved layout.
25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION
25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shali bE at the approximate locations indicated on the
Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost
to the Owner.
25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. �nstall
lines and required assernblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own
outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Special Provisions.
D. Flastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied ta the
male threads only.
25.1.3.3.3 SL.EEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY O� CLEARWATER)
A. The contractor shall verify the locatian of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway,
utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
SectionIV.docx
Page 32 of 126
��
1
1
'
'
1
1
1
1
�
,
1
1
1
'
1
1
1
4/ 11 /2011
'
,
' Section IV — Technical Specifications
B. Prepare all welded joints with rnanufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
l. Allow welded joints as least I S minutes setup/curing time before moving or handlia�g.
, 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water
pressure is on.
' 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period oi at least faur hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer.
,
,
C. Curing
1. When the temperature is above $0 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24
hours curing time before wat�r is introduced under pressure.
D. Flushing the system:
, 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control
valves and flush out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
,
1
1
1
1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & baring.
2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing
pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
accornplished at no additional cost.
25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS
A. lnstall all automatic controllers as shown in the plans.
1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior
to installation.
25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
' A. Install at sufficient depth ta provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. caver fram the
top of the valve to finish grade.
, B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. rninimum maintenance clearance from other
equipment, 3 feet minirnum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer
than 7 feet from the back of curb ar edge of pavement along roadways.
' G Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or aperating pressure for
each sprinkler zone.
,
1
1
25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES
A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials far proper
maintenance.
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill.
' se�t�oniv.ao�X
1
Page 33 of 126
4/11/2011
5ection IV — Technical Specifications
25.2 LANDSCAPE
25.2.1 GENERAL
25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Dacuments shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal,
Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and
Special Conditions when required.
25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory
agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and
enviranmental matters.
B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the
cantract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having
jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the
Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. All provisions o� Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to
the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and
incidental ta executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans,
Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
S. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to
prepare the soi] for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish
grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish,
plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to
execute all other Work as described herein or indicated an the Plans.
C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to
prepare the site for sadding, sprigging, ar seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will
appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the
laiadscape drawings.
D. Initial tnaintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document.
25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who
shall in turn subcontract no mare than 40% of the wark specified. All subcontractors
under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work,
shall be rnade known ta the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their
commencement of work an the project.
B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices.
C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the
Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the
SectionIV.docx Page 34 of 126 4/11/2011
'
'
1
'
1
1
1
'
'
'
1
'
1
1
1
1
1
1
'
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specificatians exists, the Plan shall predominate
and be considered the controlling document.
' D. During this work, the Contractar shall be responsible for maintaining safety among
persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape
, Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting
from compliance or non-compliance with these standards.
1
1
1
1
1
1
E. The Contractor shall caoperate with and coordinate with all ather trades whose work is
built into or affects the work in this Section.
F. All appropriate utility cornpanies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior ta
excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the
wark, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Repart any conditions in
conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect.
25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to suhmit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance
period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established
by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year.
S. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all
speci�ed work.
25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETI�NS, SUBSTITUTIONS
A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor
' must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of
bidding.
, B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of
the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void.
C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative fox any
, substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without
approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk.
1
1
1
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions
and warranties stated herein.
F��+�i��_1=�=�:7 ��I/cTi iC•7: F�l �I ��I► Ii ir•I: ��
�.A. or HT.:
The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of
the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
C. T.:
Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the �rst leaf or frond stem with
' no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or
similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
' SectionIV.docx Page 35 of 126 4/11/2011
1
Section IV — Technica] Speci�cations
C. W.:
Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf
sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, an Canary Island Date Palms
or similar, the clear wood measurement does nat include the "nut" at the base of the
ironds.
SPR.:
Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, nat
including extreme leaves, branches or frands.
ST. TR.:
Straight trunk.
MIN.:
Minimum.
GAL, :
Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc.
O. C.:
On center, distance between plant centers.
DIA.:
Diameter.
L vS.:
Leaves.
D. B. H. :
Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above
grade.
CAL.:
Caliper, the outside diarneter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade,
larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
B&B:
Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American
Association of Nurserymen.
PPP:
Plants per pot.
FG:
Field grown.
STD.:
Standard, single, straight trunk.
Owner:
To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work
is performed.
Qwner's Representative:
Owner's on-site representative shall be responsihle for approval of quantity and quality of
materials specifred and execution of installation.
SectionIV.docx Page 36 of l26 4/11 /2011
1
1
1
'
1
1
'
1
1
'
1
'
�
'
1
J
'
Section TV — Technica] Specifications
Contractor:
Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly knawn as the Landscape Contractor.
Landscape Architect.•
This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the
landscape Plans and Specifications.
25.2.1.8 PR�DUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Frovide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug tr�es and shrubs. Do not prune
priar to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark,
break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If
plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered.
S. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected
from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have
been cracked or brok�n shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be
pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than
1 foot diameter of ball to every ] inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less
than 2/3 of root ball diameter. S& B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall
have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch.
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root
pruning to be done a minirnum of 4 weeks before removal from th� f�ld and planting at
the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except
plastic shrink wrap for transport only.
E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum af l2 inches
of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a
minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling.
Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Soots shall be
removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Falms shall be planted within 24 hours of
delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 haurs after delivery, set trees and shrubs
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots
moist.
G. Label at least one tree and one shrub af each variety with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after
stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing
in a shaded area.
, SectionN.docx
1
Page 37 of 126
4/11/l0] ]
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
`.���r•r--��•r»� r•r��
F � .� � � : � �_� �� � � r_� ► � � �• � � l• � � iK • � , i •� � � �• � , �- �
A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevatians, observe the conditions
under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project
Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of
conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as partions o,f the site become
available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind af landscape wark and
following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape
Architect for adjustments to the Schedule.
C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicis with planting
procedures.
D. When adverse conditions to plant grawth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage
conditions or obstruction, the Contractar shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing
prior to planting.
E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns,
protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations.
25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon
award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy
to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The
Contractor shall carry out the wark in accordance with the approved schedule.
B. Jf the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order
to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the
progress schedule, all said casts shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost ta
the Owner.
C. The Owner's Ttepresentative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upan written
request fram the Owner's Representative, tk�e Landscape Contractor shall suspend
delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the
Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any
additional costs which may result from work stoppage.
25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities.
Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.
Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties
cancerned.
SectionN.docx Page 38 of 126 4/11/2011
1
1
1
1
'
'
'
��
1
1
'
�
C�
L��
�
'
'
1
1
�-,
LJ
' Section TV — Technical Specifications
25.x.2 PRODUCTS
' 25.2.2.1
25.2.2.1.1
MATERIALS
PL.ANT MATERIALS: N�MENCLATURE
, A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material
Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia af
Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint
' Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names
accepted in the nursery trade.
1
�I
1
1
1
25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide healthy, vigorous stack grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions ii�
the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the
species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant
diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in
leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant
materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided
tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable.
C. Plant materials shall be speci�ed and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality
for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and I�,
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition).
D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at
' the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with
requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area.
' E. Landscape rnaterials shall be shipped with certiiicates of inspection as required by
governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all goveming regulations that
are applicable to landscape materials.
� F. Do not make substitutions. If speci�ed landscape tnaterial is not available, submit
Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape
Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired fram designated source.
' When authorized, a written change order far substitute material will be made by
adjustment to Contract amount.
1
LJ
�
G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall
be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This
measurement shall not include irnmediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be
taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to
measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger
than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or LandscapE Architect; with
no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical far variety and species. Plants used where
symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
' SectionIV.docx
1
Page 39 of 126 4/11/2U11
Section IV — Technical Specifications
I. Salled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls af earth of sufficient diameter
and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the
plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen.
Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B
procedures.
J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa
provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect
approves the substitution.
K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four manths, but
nat over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound
condition exists.
25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of
even thickness and with a good roat structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed
before cutting, and in healthy candition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24
hours before laying and it must be grawn in soil compatible to that in which it will be
installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation.
B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place.
Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
25.2.2.1.4 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, tharoughly mixed with a
pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan.
B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction.
25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER
A. Granular fertilizer sha11 be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable £or
application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags
bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully
conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws.
S. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the
appropriate minirnum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein.
C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved ec�ual, shall be placed in planting pit for
all plant materials at time af installation and prior to completion of pit back.filling.
D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocate Time Release
Fertilizer according to product instructions and ra�e.
E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer an Ba11ia and St.
Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square
feet. Fertilizer shall be cornmercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the
nitrogen being in slow or controlled release farm. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be
1:1 or 2:1 for camplete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be na more than 1/4 the
nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. nzanganese,
iron, zinc, copper, etc.).
SectionIV.docx Page 40 of ] 26
1
1
1
,
r
LJ
C�
1
1
'
1
1
�
1
�
�
'
'
4/] 1 /2011
1
1
C_J
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS
A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree
trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used.
B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees aver 2" caliper.
Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A
minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used.
C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with
� a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2"' x 4"
by 16" woad connected with two -'/a" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk.
,
D. �ther tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
25.2.2.1.i PLANTING SOIL
, A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and
loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test,
prior to plantmg and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be
unsuitable for the vigarous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to
' the Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
1
'
1
1
,
1
S. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist
of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1".
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friabl� soil.
There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of
calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,
roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be I�annful to plant growth or
a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily
organic sail, such as muck or peat shall be used as �11 dirt.
D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallan container size shall consist of 3" of
Florida peat or ather approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width
of planting area. Ratotil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil.
25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, sail amendment shall be mixed with native or planting
soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's
recomtnended applicatian rates and rnethods, if speci�ed on the Plans.
25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION
' A. Waod fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure tr�ated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The ba�-ricade shall be placed
so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree
' within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at
breast height DBH at 4- 1/z feet above grade.
1
' SectionIV.docx
'
Page 41 of 126 4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Speci�cations
25.2.2.1.1Q ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
A. Raot barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for
protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install
as directed by the manufacturer.
25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of
manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the
site.
25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to �nnanufacturer's
directions.
25.2.3 EXECUTION
25.2.3.1 PREPARATION
25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities,
irrigation lines and wiring priox to commencement of the work.
B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavatian
of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a
relocated position far any materials necessary.
25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PI�ANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Mansanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifcations. All proposed landscape a:reas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodea" per the manufacturer's
specifications.
B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been
achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting
bed.
C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or
"Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect.
D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals,
the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
E. Any necessary corrections or repairs ta the finish grades shall be accomplished by the
Contractor. All planting areas sha11 be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even �nish
grade, free from depressians, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will
canform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface
drainage without puddling.
SectionlV.docx
Page 42 of 126
'
1
1
1
r
�
1
��
'
�
1
1
'
1
'
1
1
4/11/2011 '
'
1
I
i
�
'
1
J
1
�
1
�.J
1
,
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1-'/2 inches in any
dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated
material off the site.
25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or Ioasening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of
Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the
full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8
inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface
drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osrnocote time release
fertilizer according ta product instructions and rate.
25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATI�N FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
A. All proposed sad areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifcations. All proposed sod areas
adjacent to water badies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's
Specifications.
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted pramptly after preparatian. Loosen sub-
grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches.
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Cantractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth,
even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf
flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing
yard drains.
D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1)
pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be cominercial grade, mixed
granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form.
Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of sail.
' E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thorouglaly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
Cl
I J�
1
25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION
25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated.
Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper
drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well-
, drained, free of rocks, raots, ar other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (abaut 6.0 -
6.S). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
1
1
1
25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans
by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as
SectionlV.docx
Page 43 of 126
aii iizoi r
Section N — Technical Specifications
the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent
blockage of signage, etc.
B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material
sclaedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the
norrnally accepted spacing for each species.
G Leave an 18 inch (450 millirneters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of
installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall far all plant
sizes.
D. Any necessary "minor" adjustrnents in the layout of planting shall be made by the
Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to confarm as nearly as
possible to the intent of the plans.
25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES
A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall b� planted in pits having vertical sides
and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after
settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the graund
surface will be established. With regards to praper nursery practices, plants under certain
canditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root
ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade.
C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 2Q-10-5 planting tablets, or approved
equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting
tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the
middle and the bottom of the root mass.
Application rate:
1 gallon
3 gallon
S gallon
7 gallon
Trees
Palms
1 - 21 gram tablet
2 - 21 gram tablet
3 - 21 gram tablet
4 - 21 gram tablet
3 tablets each'/z" (12 millimeters) caliper
7- 21 grarn tablets
D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providitag additional soil for building tree saucers.
E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the
base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the
sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all
tie-down material from the root ball. Do not reinove these materials from the bottom of
the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade
Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil care�ully worked in
among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection.
F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of
the roat ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
Backfill tilled and loasened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly
water-in before bringing the back�ll up to the proper grade.
sectionIV.aocx
Page 44 of 126
4/1 ]/2011
��
1
'
'
�
'
C_J
'
'
�
1
'
'
'
1
1
�
1
'
1
lJ
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each
variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to
straight ar curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant
a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant.
H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50°/a weed-free
� Florida peat or appraved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree
angles in a triangular pattern.
�
1
1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved.
25.2.3.2.4 SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered suff'iciently at its origin to moisten the
soil adequately to the depth ta which it is to be cut.
B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made
' to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen
per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place.
'
�
�r�
1
1
1
J
'
'
LJ
'
1
C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface
edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub
areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying
sod.
D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to ralling, irrigate the sod. Suf�cient water
shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50
millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the
application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will
prevent damage to the �nished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to
keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sad bed using a turf roller or other
approved equipment so as ta eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and
insure knitting withaut any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of
sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been campleted, the edges af the area shall
be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated.
F. If, in the opinion af the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean
silica sand shall be used to iill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be
leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
G. On slapes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable
woodera pins or by ather approved method.
25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of
Transportation. See plan for type of seed.
25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility o� the Contractor per sound
nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum
of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used.
SectionTV.docx
Page 45 af 126 4/1 l/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved
plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake
above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade.
B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be
used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers af burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x
16 inch wood connected with two 3/a inch steel bands. Palms sha11 be staked with a
minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade.
G Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from Crees six (6) inonths
after ihe date of final acceptance of the landscape work.
D. Stake anly trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially
hazardous areas.
25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching.
B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied
mulch.
C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before
compaction) of 100% Grade S recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified
on the Plans or General Notes.
D. Mulch shall not be placed against th� trunks of plant materials ar foundations of
buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a
minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings.
E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band af mulch shall be installed
in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of nan-mulched
clearance from the outside edge of annuals.
25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING
A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape
and forrn of the plant.
B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches,
and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree.
25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner.
B. The Cantractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job,
keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of a11 excess
soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guyirag,
staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications.
SectionTV.docx Page 46 of 126 4/1 ]./2011
1
'
C
C�
�
'
,
'
�
1
1
LJ
'
�
'
'
r
�
�
��
' Section N — Technical Speci�cations
25.2.3.2.1 � PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on,
, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards.
1
1
�
'
L _J
,
,
1
,
1
,
�
,
1
S. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage.
C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to
landscape operations. Maintain protection during installatian and maintenance periods.
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms
as speci�ed.
25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES
E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials,
property, or trades to a level equal in yuality to the existing condition prior to damage.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or ernployees
to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement af damaged work may be
doile by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the
Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class candition from the
beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds,
mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control,
replacernent of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections,
replacem�nt of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out
repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural
practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under
the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended heigiat per the
University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
2. Within the wart'anty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance
practices being followed or amitted which would be detrimental to the healthy,
vigorous grawth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of
water for all planted materials before leaving the site.
25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
25.2.3.�.1 INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's
Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of natifications, the
installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic
inspectian report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor.
, SectionIV.docx
[�
Page 47 af 126
Llffli�l3.i]
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any
part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirernents sEt
forth in Plans and Specifications.
B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape
Architect that the correction has been made.
25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant rnaterial (if any) have been made, and coinpletion of
all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in
writing.
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the
terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty
period.
C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
1. If evidence exists af any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in
performance of this Cantract, the Owner shall have the right ta retain any payrnent
sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such
claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or
in words to that ef�ect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species
specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract
price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet speci�cations, the Owner reserves the right to
request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to
compensate for the value not received irom the under-specified plant materials. No
additional cornpensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that
exceed specifications.
25.2.3.5 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a
period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is
either dead or in poor health during thi.s period or at completion will be replaced at no
charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show SO% or more defoliation
during the warranty period, due to the Contractox's use of paar quality or improper
materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, sha11 replace without delay same
with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant
shall be given the equal amount of warranty.
SectionlV.docx
Page 48 of 126
1
�
C�
��
'
ii�l
�
'
'
'
�
'
[J
L�
,
�J
1
'
4/]1/2011 �
'
'
r
'
'
�
Section 1V —'Technical Specifications
2S HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING
26.1 INTENT
lt is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoratian of 8" to 12"
sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and
form pipe liner which is wat�rtight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic
sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to pravide for a complete, fully restored and
functioning installation.
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
, The City requires that all contractors be prequalifred. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City reyuires a proven extensive tract record far the
fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for
' prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the
installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system
has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Flarida. The
' installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system.
The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the
liner system and the installer.
, 26.3 MATERIALS
Fipe shall be rnade from P. E. 34Q$ palyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell
, classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to
ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer,
from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material
' shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the rninirnum
property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements:
,
'
i
,
Material Pr,,,_obert_v ASTM Method Value
HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi
Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi
HDPE
Tmpact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in
Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi
Expansion Coeff, c=0.009 in/in/deg F
At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in
' accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be
homogeneous thraughaut, uniform in color, free of cracks, hales, foreign materials, blisters, or
deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results far review by
' the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable
requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field
samples to the abave requirements.
� SectianiV.docx Page 49 of 126 4/11/2011
,
Section IV — Technical Specifcations
Liner shall be marked at S-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the
manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded.
Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for appraval as requested, complete design
calculations far the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading,
water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of SO years, and na structural
strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications
of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-34�-3744 or
approved equal. Any approved equal liner system inust be approved by the Engineer as an equal
systerr► prior to receiving bids. Request far cantractor prequalification and/or equal liner system
approval rnust be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving
bids.
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free oi all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, ar other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unft cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautians shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer frorn darnage.
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for proinpt dispasal
in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to
contral the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the
City's treatment plants.
2fi.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
2fi.S LINER INSTALLATIDN
Liner shall be sized to field measurernents obtained by the Cantractor to provide a tight �t to the
full interior circumference af the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner
product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installatian methods
approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe,
pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation.
Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or
problerns with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be sinooth, free of
irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner
sha11 be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be rnet.
$ectionJV.docx Page 50 of 126 4/11/2011
C�
C
,
�
�
�i
,
'
1
'
'
�
�
�I
�
1
'
,
'
'
[�
�
�
'
,
�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer.
Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be
resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected
unless specifrcally directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect
any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractar shall natify all local
system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of
door hangers with apprapriate information regarding the construction project.
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
' Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inaperative for more than a eight hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
' backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
'
�
�
1
,
'
1
,
1
'
'
26.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully
completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured fram center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the
pavement (remove only enough to allow adeyuate grade for access to the street) shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the speci�cations for paving the street with the
exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified
for the street paving.
When fnished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment
shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways.
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted.
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per syuare yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above,
which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications
and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessa�-y to complete the
work.
SectionlV.docx Page 51 of 12b 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical 5pecifications
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE QF RECYCLED MATERIALS
This Article deleted.
29 CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs sha11 be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition,
all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the
Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance af the placernent of all concrete curbs.
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted.
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifcatians arad shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
K%�
30.1
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
speci�ed, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire inesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be rnade every 5 feet. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles b, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (5)
inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reiz��orcement and a minimurra horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and $
shall also apply.
SeccionlV.docx Page 52 of ]26 4/I1/2011
�
'
1
'
1
�
,
'
'
�
'
'
C_J
'
,
'
L_J
,
'
lJ
1
'
1
'
'
1
'
L.]
'
1
1
1
CJ
1
1
'
�
�
Section IV — Technical 5pecifications
The Contractor shall notify the Froject Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted.
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Fayment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
speci�cations and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the wark.
31 SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 af FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and
excavated to a suitable depth and �nished to a grade compatible with existing grass aa�d
structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform
finished grade with a sod roller itnmediately after placement. In sloped areas, th� sad shall be
graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod
that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless autharized by the Engineer in
advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
coniinue ta water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure,
soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure grawth, until termination of the contract.
Dead sod, or sod not acceptable ta the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be
determined by the Engineer.
Un1ESS otherwise nated on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid iterns. Payment for these
associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the
basis of each syuare foot in place and accepted. No payment far sad shall be made until the
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
32 SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner, The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic
conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Speci�cations Sections 570, 981, 982
and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used
instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition af 20 lb. af RyE
Seed (to total 601b. of seed per acre) will be reyuired during the stated periods. It is also required
that the Contractar maintain said seed until grawth is assured.
SectionlV.docx Page 53 of 126 4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
(including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but nat shown as a bid item, then the cast of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
33 STORM MANHOLES INLETS CATCH BASINS OR OTHER
STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure ref�r ta Part B Index Numbers 200 to
235.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other
causes until acceptance of the work.
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown an the Index
Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smoath and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent s�wer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be rnade in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. �nvert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of
concrete base.
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhale steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be compleCely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes sha11 be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
Tn cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
cancrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
33.2 PRECAST TYPE
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to
secure proper seating and bearing.
Precast Manholes and Junctian Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and
junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option.
Precast structures must also rneet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or
autside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommadated.
Manhole steps shall nat be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be
acceptable for storm structures.
SectionlV.docx Page 54 of 126 4/11/ZO11
�
'
1
1
�J
'
1
[�
'
�
1
'
1
�
1
1
1
�
r
1
1
1
5ection IV — Technical Specifications
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
34 MATERIAL USED
' This article deleted. See SECTI�N III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED.
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
' This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
' 36 STREET SIGNS
1
1
'
'
1
�
1
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHISITED.
All street signs shall be rernoved, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition).
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a mininnum of 24 hours in
advance of the propased sign relocation, covering ar removal.
37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS
37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording
taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or constz-uction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a record af a pre-construction conditions.
37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING
The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in
any area.
37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
' The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible cammercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation.
� 37.4 EQUIPMENT
All eguipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
1 Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
' proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio
video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such
coverage shall be obtained by walking.
' SectionIV.docx Page 55 of 126 4/1]/2011
1
Section iV — Technical Specifications
37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the comrnentary of the camera operator ar aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identi�cation, differentiation, clari�cation, or objective
description of the features being shown in the videa partion of the recording. The audio
recording sha11 also be free from any conversations.
37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the manth, day and year. The time
information shall cantain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited ta, project name,
contract nurnber, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent infonnation shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zaom
out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playback. In addition, all other carnera and recording system contrals, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrame, wl�ite balance, and electrical focus shall be
properly contralled or adjusted to maxirnize picture quality. The construction documentatian
shall be recorded in S.P mode.
37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the recording systezn, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camEra shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the
carnera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
37.8 LIGHTING
All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. Th� recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recardii�gs of
those subjects.
37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate af travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly propartional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction af travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute.
SectianlV.docx Page 56 of 126 4/11/2011
'
�
1
'
'
1
'
1
�
1
'
'
1
1
�
�
'
1
'
1
, Section IV — Technical Specifications
37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX
All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identifed by videotape number
' and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the naznes of
the streets or location of easements, caverage beginning and end, directians of coverage, video
, unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasanably available) and the
date.
' 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence af
' canstruction supported by appropriate audia coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
' within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults,
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited ta ane side of the Site, street, easernent or
rtght of way at any one time.
' 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
' pravided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
I 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
' No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
autharized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and rnulch, sod, or some other permanent
vegetatian. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
' project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
' 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage contrals which prevent
' erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length af ticne the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
' 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all starm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
' sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stane, etc., which shall be maintained and
modi�ed as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the CiTy Engineer
before installatian.
1
' SectionlV.docx Page 57 of ]26 4/I 1/2011
1
Section N — Technical Specifications
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, �lter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the
case af vegetative buffers, protected firom disturbance, as a frst step in the land alteration
process. Such syste�ns shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth f lters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected frozn drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have ternporary sedimentation basins as a positive
remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans.
During development, permanent detention ar�as may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
The Cantractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be tatally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
period. When temporary sed'unentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all tiznes of
contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot af sediment for each one hundred (100) syuare feet oiarea
tributary ta the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
remaval of sediment �'rom the basin.
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intertnittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer af 25 feet fram top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buf�'er area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabili�ed within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is cornpleted.
Silt curtaitas or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side af
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream
crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and
removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a
condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any canstruction activity.
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
Al] swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Qccupancy.
SectionIV.docx Page 58 of ].26
1
'
'
lJ'
'
'
1
�
1
'
'
1
t
1
1
'
L�
1
4/1 ] /2011
'
'
, Section IV — Technical Specifications
38.8 UNDERGR�UND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and ather structures shall b� done in accordance
' with the :Following standards:
a. No more than 4001ineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time;
, b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
' 38.9 MAINTENANCE
' All erosion and siltation control devices slaall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
35.10 COMPLIANCE
, Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine andlor more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order".
' City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted rnethods
that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
1
�
1
1
1
'
'
1
1
, SectionlV.docx Page 59 of ]26 4/11/2011
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
City of Clearwater � Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion contral on their site.
The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of
soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors accessing the property with equipment ar construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent stre�ts, storm systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a City Inspectar will place a correction notice at the site. The
procedure will be as follows:
1 st occurrence - Warning
2nd occurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee
3rd occurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee
4th occurrence - Stop Work Order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify
the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly.
The attached drawings and details are recornmendations for the cantractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractar may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check.
If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact
Constructian Services at 562-4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion cantrol on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750.
SectionIV.docx
Page b0 pf 126
,
1
�
'
1
1
�
1
1
�
'
1
1
1
'
1
1
aii1i2o1i ,
'
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
Section N — Technical 5pecifications
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF
EROSION VIOLATIUN
UNDER SECTION 3-701 (D1VIS10N 7— EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL} OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF
ORDiNANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FaUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION
CONTROLLED SITE PR10R TO ANY FURTHER DEVEL�PMENT TO CONTINUE.
Warning
$32.44 Re-inspection Fee
$50.00 Re-inspection Fee
Stop Work Order
DATE POSTED:
Inspector's Name:
Inspector's Signature:
CITY OF CLEARWATER
PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741
&
ENGINEERINGICONSTRUCTION 727 562-4750
Recei�ed by:
(Signaturc indicates onl� a copy of lhis r�otice has been
recci�ed and does not 'sn any ��ay indicate admission of guilt
or concurrence with £ndings of the inspector.)
IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE
ANY UI�AUTHORIZED PERSON REM�VING TffiS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED
SectionlV.doc.r- Page fil oF 126 4111J2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
servicE connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in confortnance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric powEr, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISiB1LITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETYALERT ORANGE Telephane and Telegraph 5ystems
Palice and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
5AFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER
WHITE PR�POSED EXCAVATION
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the �low line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical
curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb fa.ce.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTiCLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK
SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.
41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES - ��
41.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connectian with the construction of potable water inains, reclaimed water mains and
appurtenances including clearing, excavatian, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
SectionN.docx Page 62 of 126 4/11/2011
��
1
1
1
'
1
1
,
1
1
1
,
'
1
,
'
'
1
i
��
'
'
�
�
1
'
1
1
1
1
Section TV — Technical Specifications
41.2 MATERIALS
41.2.1 GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnis}aed and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of �rst quality in every respect and shall bE canstructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as reyuired in tests or incident to installatian. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings
and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IR�N PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C15]/A21.51 S1 or latest revision.
Fipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure
(In.) (PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
8" 50 0.27 350
12" 50 0.31 350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench back .frll lightly consolidated to
' ceirterline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAW WA C 151 /A21.51 81 or latest revision.
' Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 SO or latest
revision.
I41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHL�RIDE (PVC) PIPE
1'olyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through S-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA
' C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241
and PVC Resin Compound canforrning to ASTM Specification D 1784.
,
1
'
1
Folyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the sarne �.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be
compatible for use withaut special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
SectiohIV.docx Page 63 of 126 4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length
(OD/Thick.) (PSn (Ft)
� 18 1S0 20
6 l8 150 20
8 18 150 20
Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the
use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch thraugh 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage.
The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross
section elastomeric ring which rneets the requirements ofASTM D 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identi%cation that will remain legible during normal handling,
storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
material for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid
strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint af pipe with about 1$-inches between each piece
of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum
above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the
adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass
plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M
brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and
elbows.
41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with
ANSUAWWA CI53/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in
accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall
be 350 P.S.T. Ductile iron fttings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require
requirements of ANSUAWWA C]04/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA Clll./A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSUAWWA
Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic
(USA) manufacture will be acceptable.
! S I��f►�l:� �-'� �:7_11`i �
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved
mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants
shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting jaints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on
hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runaut length precludes the use of swivel jaint
connectors.
41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING
All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets d�signed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing
spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered witl�in the casing.
SectionN.docx Page 64 of 126 4/11/2011
1
LJ
1
�
�
'
�
1
1
,
1
'
'
II
�
�
1
'
1
1
'
1
,
5ection IV -- Technical Specifcations
Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris
within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method
by the Engineer.
41.2.3 GATE VALVES
' Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with
respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or expased above grade outside structures,
shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall
' be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted
with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of apening for all
valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise).
1
'
1
'
1
1
'
1
'
'
Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be
rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body.
Installatian: Installation shall be in accordance with goad standard practice. Exposed pipelines
shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves.
Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves.
Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed.
Four inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 ta 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be
resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EFDM Rubber in conformance with
ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Speci�cation C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the
followin� features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage
at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing
body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring
bonnet seal with epoxy caated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body..
Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the
service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in
canformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent
with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure.
All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers,
bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass.
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast
iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are ta be 3-
piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to
accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be
provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their
' installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; 5heet 1 of
5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet
2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail.
'
' SectionTV.docx
CJ
Page 65 of 126
4/l ] /2011
Section N — Technical Specifcations
41.2,5 HYDRANTS
No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of
the City af Clearwater potable water system:
• Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant,
• Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant
• AVK Nostalgic 2780.
• American Darling B-84-B.
No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
Abave hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision af the AWWA Specificatian C 502
and include the following modifications:
1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery.
2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revisian and must be UL/FM
listed.
3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure.
4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and
battom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two
sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line.
Breakaway bolts not allowed.
6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iro�� construction.
7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism fram grit buildup and
carrosion due to moisture.
8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and steam lock nut to facilitate
operation.
9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut.
10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals ar threaded inta
upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device.
11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber.
12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O-
rings to seal the barrel £rom leakage of water in the shoe.
l3. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and rnade in two sections
with a breakable coupling.
14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessaries.
15. Hydrant shall have a 5-] /4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open.
16. Hydrant shall be without drains.
17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper
nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Caupling
Thread Specifications.
SectionTV.docx Page 66 of 126
1
1
'
,
1
1
�
'
1
'
'
'
'
'
r
,
�
'
4/l 1/2011
1
,
1
'
1
C�
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with
AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latestAWWA Specificatian C 502.
Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from
the hydrant tee through ta the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absarb all thrust and prevent
movement of the hydrant.
All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may
be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of
Clearwater's Engineering Department.
41.2.G SERVICE SADDLES
' Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service
connection allowable an 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2-
inch service cannections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Fard FC
' 202 series) shall be wide badied ductile iran with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless
steel straps.
1
1
�J
1
'
1
1
'
1
LJ
1
41,2,7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All anaterials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA
Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the
tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery;
and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory material shall be used.
3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The
Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that
are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be
purchased from th� City and installed by City work forces.
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery
(service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest
revisian.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when
required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from
possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed
are:
SectionIV.doex Page 67 of 126 4/] ]/20] ]
Section N — Technical Specifications
1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting,
approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the
assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum
of two independently acting, appraved check valves, together with an automatically
operated pressure difFerential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit
must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each
device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES
Stee1 body tapping sleeves shall be JCM lndustries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel
bady tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded A5TM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel
bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug.
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs are not allawed.
41.3 CONSTRUCTION
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING
l. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting
with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circutnstances shall
such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against
pipe already on the ground.
2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his
expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. In distributing the rnaterial at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite
or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING
41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems
plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and praperly blown off before any pressure testing and
sterilizatian of the pipe can be completed.
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimuin af 30-inches and a maximum of 42-
inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and
obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress
of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer
shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation irom the line and grade or
arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the
obstructions.
SectionTV.docx Page 68 of 126 4/I1/2011
1
I�
1
'
r
L�
1
1
��
�
1
�
1
'
�
r
�
1
�1
��
' Section I'V — Technical Specifications
41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used
' by the Contractar for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves
and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick,
ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials
, and protective coatings and linings. i]nder no circumstances shall materials be dropped or
dumped in the trench.
' If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage
shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective
repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
� All pipe and �ttings shall be carefully exarnined for cracks and ather defects while suspended
above the trench imrnediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined
with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to datnage from handling. Defective pipe
' or fittings shall be laid aside far inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs
or rejectian.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end af eacli
' pipe, and the outside af the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped
clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
'
1
1
1
'
1
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is
being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place
without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the
trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag oi suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there
until the connection is ta be made ta the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, toals,
clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secur�d in place with
approved back�ll material tamped under it except at the bells. Frecautions shall be taken to
prevent dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a
watertight plug or other rneans approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth
end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
' Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at
bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
'
'
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal
plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of
ANSUAWWA C�00-$2 and C900 81 or latest revisions.
No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinian of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
, SectionIV,docx
'
Page 69 of 126
aii lizor i
41.3.3
Section N — Technical Specifications
SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
!y���itr7�►1�:7_1�
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined ta pipe in the manner specified
above far installation of pipe.
41.3.3.2 VAL.VES
Valves in water nnains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended
unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to
exceed 18-inches from the main line.
The valve box sha11 not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished
pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of S&
Sheet 2 of S for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet ] of 2& Sheet 2
of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail.
a1.3.3.3 HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed sa as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located
10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the
hydrant location. No valve can be lacated anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of
twa valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants
shall be installed on the reclairned water system unless approved by the City a�' Clearwater's
Engineering Department.
All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, ar at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an
independent 6 inch gate valve.
41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
rnechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use
of hydrant connecting swivel joints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage sha11 be in accordance with details shown
on the plans.
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines canstructed under this
contract shall be connected ta the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made
until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met
and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
SectionIV,docx Page 70 of 126 4/11/2011
'
C�
1
�J
'
�
�
1
�
�
'
1
r
1
r
'
��
'
'
'
'
'
'
�J
1
1
'
'
'
,
,
�
1
1
'
1
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be
made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper rnaterials and fittings to suit the
actual conditions. All �ttings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed
before connectians to existing facilities. All connections ta existing facilities will be cornpleted
under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division.
41.4 TESTS
C�t:��7:Z������C�3�=����
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service
taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds
per square inch for a period af two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision.
All rnains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and ather foreign matter before any
hydrostatic test can or will be perforrned. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump
connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and
all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor
at his expense.
The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water
for the test. Befare applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance
notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
41.5 STERILIZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance
with AWWA C651.
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to
Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or
"Perchloron".
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are
not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices
generally at the ends of the lines.
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never
more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be
opened and closed several tirnes during the contact period.
SectionN.docx
Page 71 of 126
4i> > izo a i
Seciion 1'V -- Technical Specifications
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHL�RINE TESTS
After the sterilization outlined abave has been accomplisk�ed, flushing shall continue until free
residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall
be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
C � � � �, I � � � � � 1 _ 1 � � � F -� i � ?
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City af
Clearwater Water Divisian ar the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water
frorn rernote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall
forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial
exarnination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of
coliform organisms, the sterilizatian as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the
absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactarily completed before the system
is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as
outlined above.
If inethods of sterilization dif�er materially from those outlinEd above, such methods shall be in
accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and sl�ipment of
samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all
respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main froin the Florida
Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into
operation.
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
41.6.1 GENERAL
Bids must include all sectioz�s and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form.
Payment for the work of constructing the project will be znade at the unit price or lump sum
payment for the items of wark as set forth in the Sid, which payment will constitute full
compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate
payment will be made far the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
applicable pay items of work:
• Clearing and grubbing
• Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
• Shoring and/or dewatering
• Structural fill
• Backfill
• Grading
• Tracer wire
• Refill materials
• Joints materials
• Tests and sterilization
• Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable systein.
5ectionlV.docx
Page 72 of 126
��
C�
1
'
,
1
CI
C�
1
1
1
��
��
L�
r
1
��
4/] 1 /2011 '
'
,
[�
LJ
1
u
1
'
'
'
,
1
��
,
��
'
�i
'
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.G.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
41.6,2.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe af each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured alang the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
41.6.2.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation.
41.G.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron
fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based an weights stamped
on the body of the �itting, provided such weights da not exceed the theoretical weights by more
than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case,
the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance.
41.fi.3.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron �ttings.
41.6.4
41.6.4.1
FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES
AND COVERS
MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the nurnber of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished
and installed.
41.6.4.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all
plant, labor, material and eyuipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover.
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and
installed. The only hydrants allawed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are
listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions.
47.6.5.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equiprnent and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust
SectionIV.docx Page 73 of ] 26 4/1 ]/20] J
Section N — Technical Specifications
anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the
hydrant lead.
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
This article not applicable.
43 TENNIS COURTS
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS
All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate af 2 pounds active ingredient per
1,000 square foot.
Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned
into the Engineer's Office.
43.1.2 BASE COURSE
Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after campaction. Speci�cations for the base shall be the
same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical
Specifiications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required.
Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to
applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
43.1.3 PRIME COAT
The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RG250 and shall
conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction".
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE
A.Leveling Course sha11 be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in
Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be
constructed running East and West.
Finish surface of leveling course shall nat vary more than 1/4" when checked with a l0 foot
straight edge. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will dete�rnine if the surface
should be leveled or remaved and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE
Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Cancrete as specified in Section
331 of FDOT's Standard Speci .ficatian (latest edition). The Surface Caurse shall be constructed
running North and South.
Finish surfaces shall not vary rnore than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface
shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as
approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will
SectionN.dacx Page 74 of 126 4/11/2011
�
�
1
�
.,
��
�
1
1
'
,
'
1
LJ
'
1
�
�
1
'
1
'
'
f,
�
�
'
��
J
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
be approved. If a deficiency of rnore than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.6 COLOR COAT
43.1.6.1 MATERIALS
Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall bE manufactured
specifically for Tennis Court Application.
All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for
approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for
approval, the Contractor shall present rrxanufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and
date oithree previous Tennis Court applications af the proposed material.
43.1.6.2
1 43.1.6.2.1
1
'
CONSTRUCTION
SURFACE PREPARATION
The surface to be coated rnust be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily rr►aterials.
Frior to the application of surfacing materials, the entirE surface should be checked for minor
d�pressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the
Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/ar patching mix in accardance with
manuiacturer's recommendations for use.
After patching the surface shall nat vary mare than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a
' deficiency of tt�ore than 1/$" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled
or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
��
�1
'
�
'
1
1
'
'
In order to provide a srr►ooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, ane or more applications
of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the
Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smaoth tight mix and no panding, will not
requiare the resurfacing or paiching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and
rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix.
No applications shal] be cavered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured.
43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE
The finish caurse shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. A minimum of twa applications of color coat will be required.
Texture af cured colar coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play.
The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for
all other others.
The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks.
43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES
Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines
shall be accurately located, marked and painted with appraved marking paint.
SectionIV.docx Page 75 of 126 4/] 1/20l 1
Section N — Technical Specifications
43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATI�NS
No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be
conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50
Degree's F and rising.
NOTE: The Cantractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of
all base and asphalt related work.
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS
43.2.1 GENERAL
C'k�►�i �i �-�d•I� �
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the iiistallaCion of
clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The
scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with
sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or priar approved equal.
43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determin� the ability of the
Bidder to perform the work and the Sidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and
data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if
the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such
Bidder is praperly qualified to carry out the obligations af the Contract and to camplete the work
contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be cansidered in awarditag the
Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court
installations of li.ke value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years.
The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minirnum of
�ve (5) years. The qualifications and experience af the personnel assigned to the project will be a
determining factor in the award of the Bid.
43.2.1.3 STANDARDS
The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to
standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn)
Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The
Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guid�d equipment.
43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES
The Contractor shall secure all constructian permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will
waive all permit fees.
43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT
The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The
Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in
conformance with the specifications and drawings.
SectionIV.docx Page 76 of 126 4/11/20] ]
'
'
1
'
,
�I
,
[1�
'
'
1
1
'
'
LJ
'
'
1
'
,
��
Section N — Technical Specifications
43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an
' area adjacent ta the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water autlets within
fifty (50) feet af the site shall be provided.
,
'
,
1
43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE
The Owner desires to award the contract to �rms who will complete this project in a reasonable
time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and
complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its
sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to
Proceed."
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATIDN
43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY
The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts.
' 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION
The contractor sha.11 demo the existing tennis courts, remove th� existing ten (10) faot high fence
, surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the canstruction
area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The
existing tennis courts shall be ground inta millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the
' proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing
tennis caurts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and alsa utilized as sub-grade
material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new
, courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide
docurnentation of any recycled materials.
,
,
'
'
�
1
'
'
43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE
The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the fnal sub-grade
elevation, ThE sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of
the maximum standard density as detertnined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor
shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE
The �nal grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded
to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the �nal grade elevations with positive drainage
away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a
density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T 180 is
required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.3 SLOPE
43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be ane (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in
one plane, as indicated on the drawings.
SectionIV.docx Page 77 of 126 4/] ]./20l l
Section 1V -- Technical Specifications
43.2,4 BASE CONSTRUCTION
43.2.4.1 LINER
Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a
minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to
deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E] 54, as follows:
a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade.
! ��'�-���'� �•I�1�1:�9 �
The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality
Aggregate of Sarasota Flarida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it
shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade.
43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base caurse. These trenches shall be in on
four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the caurt. The pipe shall be
two and one-quarter (2-1/�) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sack surrounding the
pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five
(5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control
wiring and solenoids, etc. for a cotxiplete sub-surface irrigation system.
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING
43.2.5.1 CURB
Brick curb shall be installEd around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of
one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above ihe finished screening course elevation.
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE
43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE
A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material sk�all be
installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend
material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by
rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pour►ds. The finished surface sha�l not vary
from speci�ed grade by rnore than one-eighth (1/8) inch.
! � c � f ► � � : � � Z� Y i �_ 1:7 : � I � `7
Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (l8) inches height shall be placed in a trench an the
outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (l8) inches in depth with herbicide coating
buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis
courts.
SectionIV.docx Page 78 of 126 ai11i2or i
�
'
L'
�
�
�
'
,
'
L��
�,
'
,
�
�1
'
�J
�
,
,
,
� Section IV — Technica] Specifications
43.2.8 FENCING
,
1
,
�
i
'
'
�
,
'
�
1
43.2.8.1 DESIGN
The contractor shall provide a total colar caated fencing system as indicated on drawings and
described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design
Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published
speci�cation.
�43.2.8.2 P�STS
All pasts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Arrxeristar HT 25 pipe; top rails l-5/8" Ameristar HT-25
pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system.
43.2.8.3 FENCE �ABRIC
Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire
with PVC coating. All fabric to be kxauckled on both selvages.
43.2.8.4 GATES
Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically
engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops far
double gates consisting of a mushroam-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and
designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes
as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves ta be lacked with a single padlock.
Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with
padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size,
non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2)
pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height.
C�+��'i'11� I ����3:�=1����
The contractor shall pravide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing.
Sasis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high-
density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with gromrnets at twelve (12)
inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with SO LBS plastic ties.
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT
43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS
Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in
' width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Faundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance
between posts af forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles
GOUTi.
, 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS � SLEEVES
Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven-
' eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a
reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as ta suppart
, SectionIV.docx Page 79 of 126 4/11/2011
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be
Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendatian.
43.2.1p.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR
A center strap anchor shall be �rmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA.
43.2.10.4 NET
A tennis net confor►x�ing to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall
have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the
exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic
material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel
cable, having a diameter af one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (S) feet greater than length
between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic
material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc.
43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP
Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide
buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to
the center strap anchor.
43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES
Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly
secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches.
Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of tlle USTA.
43.2.1p.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
Deliver the following equipment to the owner:
1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse
transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine.
2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminurrz frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles;
Froline.
3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline.
4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleEVes; synthetic bristle
brush; with fence hook cast aluminum.
5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline.
6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation
location by Owner.
7. Tennis Two 5tep (2 each) - polyethylene canstruction with two rubber panels.
8. Court Rake (1 each) — six-foot length aluminum.
SectionIV.docx
Page 80 of 126
�_�
�J
'
,
�
�J
i
'
1
'
�
'
�
�
L.�
'
�
�
4/11 /2011 �
�
'
�
Section IV — Technical 5pecifications
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE
Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings_ Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana
� Bench 8" — 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation.
Provide cancrete footing, size and reinfarcement as required by shade structure manufacture.
'
i
,
i
'
��
,
�
�
'
'
'
'
'
1
�
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable)
The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per
square inch running pressure at its terminus. This l�ine shall have the capacity to supply 30
gallons of water per minute for each court.
43.2.13 CONCRETE
Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33,
and potable water. Mix materials to abtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size
aggregate, 3-inch maximum slurnp.
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING
43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional
electrical engineer for approval of the relocatian and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport
lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all
necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a camplete aperating
system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the
rnaximum toot candles the existing �xtures will pravide at its new locations for tournament play.
Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval.
43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP
The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting �xtures after relacating the
light pale and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps.
43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT
The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development
Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical warks.
43.2.14.4 POLES � FIXTURES
The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures.
The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtur�s for the Contractor to install, any
other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by
the Contractor.
Attached with this specification are the photametric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis
courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite
#]04, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-077� fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A.
Stewart.
Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information:
SectionIV.docx
Page 81 of ]26
4i1 v2o i �
Section TV — Technical Specif cations
Pole Tl existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS
Po1e T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole TS
Pole T3 existing 5�xture pole, remove one fixture and place an pole TS
Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Fole TS new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (S on one side and S on the other) and 2
circuits
Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pale T7 existing S fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS
Fole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS
Pole T9 existing 5 fxture po1e, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS
Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles.
Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide an all sides Contractor shall
plan relacation light poles accardingly.
43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS
Existing electrical conduits at'e installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the
Contractar place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits.
New canduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include
the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the n�w light poles.
43.2.15 WATER COOLER
43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water caoler in the cabana area
of the tennis caurts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Farks and Recreation
Department for approval.
43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN
Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with s�aled back panels, or equal.
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION
Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equiprnent.
43.2.17 WARRANTY
43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all
equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project.
43.2.17.2 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against
defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of
completion.
SectionN.docx Page 82 of 126 4/] 1/2011
�
�9
�
1
i
�J
i
�
'
'
'
�
lJ�
,
�
'
'
�
�
1
1
'
'
'
�
1
1�
1
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM
The Cantractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigatian of the clay tennis courts for a period of
two years from the day of campletion.
44
44.1
WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC
CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone
traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization,
hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be
necessary at outlying points.
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed tra�c control plan designed to accamplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope af the Work and/or as may be required by canstruction
permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transpartation for the
Project, incorporating the methads and criteria contained in Fart VI, Standards and Guides for
Traf�ic Controls far Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident
Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffrc Control Devices published by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of
Transportation, or most recent addition.
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to pratect workers, pedestrians,
, bicyclists and motarists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective
may be achieved by rneeting the following specific objectives:
,
�
iui
1
i
��
1
• Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcorning work zones.
• Pravide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he
proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage far equipment and material.
• Promote speedy campletion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians thraugh, in, and/or around construction ar
maintenance work zones.
The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic cantral work zone,
accommodatian must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be pravided. Only
approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control
zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall
be provided by appropriate signs".
20U4 Standard Speci�eations for Road and Bridge Construction
� SectionN.docx
�
Page 83 of 126
aii iizoa i
Section IV — Technical Specifications
102-5 Traffic Contral: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum
standards for the use in the development of all tra�c contral plans
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: MajorArterials, MinorArterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical reyuirements to be . accomplished prior to closure. The number of
requirements increase with traffic volutne and the importance of access. Road closures affecting
business ar sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but
local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas haliday season and the
designated "Spring Sreak" season with prioar approval by the City Engineer.
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Departrnent of Transportation roadways.
Trat�ic control devises conform to national and state standards.
44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected
by the construction process.
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffic sta .ff for preliminary traffic contral options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTI�ICATION
�
��
1
i
1
��
1
'
1
�_. �
Message Board Display, Minirr►um of 7-day notice period priar to road closure and maybe longer '
for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
C-View Release
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS
44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days.
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a
specification of the wark, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone
562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractar's proposed detailed traffic control plan.
SectionCV.docx Page 84 of 126 4/11/2011
��
�
1
�
'
,
�
�
1
,
�
1
1
1
'
1
'
'
1
'
Section 1V — Technical Specifications
All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Frofessional Engineer or
an individual wha is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida.
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION
The Traffic. Operations Divisian may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic
control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, rnay
malce known requirements for any alterations or adjustrnents to the traffic control devices. The
Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traf'fic control is a non-specific pay item ta be included in the
construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless speci�cally stated otherwise in
the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone
Traffic Control in the proposal form.
44.7 CERTIFICATI�N OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on
the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traf�ic Control
Safety Certifcation or Worksite Traffic Supervisar Certi�cation from the American Traf�ic
Safety Association with additional current Certificatian from the Florida Department of
Transportation. This requirement for Certifrcation will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or
sections of these Technical Speci�cations. When the certified supervisor is required for the
Project, the supervisor will be on the 1'roject site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Warksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and sha11 review
the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The
Warksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain
tra�c control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure
that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period.
The Worksite Tra�c Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification
' of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control
or to provide alternate traffic arrangements.
,
1
1
Failure of thE Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the pravisior►s of this Subarticle inay
be grounds for decertification or removal from the praject or both. Failure to maintain a
designated Worksite Traffrc Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in
temporary suspension of all activities except tra�c and erosion cantrol and such other activities
deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety.
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING
45.1 INTENT
, Tt is the intention af this specification to pravide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer
and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin
impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand
' SectionTV.docx Page 85 of ]26 4/1]/2011
1
Section 1V — Technical Specifications
exposure to domestic sewage including all labar, materials and equipment to pravide for a
camplete, fully restored and functioning installation.
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractar prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract recard for the
liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval
for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed
liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and
successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certi�ed
by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and
complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the
installer.
45.3 MATERIALS
The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type
and qualities shall be as specified by the r�anufacturer to obtain a cured ,liner with the following
properties:
Tensile Strength
Flexural Strength
Flexural Modulus o£Elasticity
Long Terrn Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years)
ASTM D638 3,000 psi
ASTM D790 4,500 psi
ASTM D790 300,000 psi
ASTM D2290 150,0�0 psi
Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved
by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall subtnit to the Engin�er for approval as requested,
complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20
traffrc loading, water table ta the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no
structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner rnaterials shall meet tnanufactures
specifications of Insituform of Narth America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box
181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38115; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach
Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be
approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor
prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later
than 14 days prior ta the date for receiving bids.
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Cantractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers ta produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimurn disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operatians all necessary precautions shall be taken ta protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage. A11 material removed from the sewers shall be the Cantractor's
responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The
Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid
heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants.
SectionN.docx Page 86 of 126 4/11/2011
1
L
�
1
1
1
'
1
'
1
1
�
�
'
�
1
�
,
t
,
1
Section N — Technical Specifications
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the praject is
' completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The
television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear
' picture of the entire periphery of the pipe.
1
lJ
�.�
'
1
,
1
1
1
'
1
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to �eld measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on
the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by
the liner manufacturer including operatians far inversion, heat curing and reconnection of
laterals.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer o£ any canstruction delays taking place
during the insertion operation. Contractor shall rnaintain a reasonable backup systern for bypass
putnping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes
shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinhales, tears, cracks, thin spots,
excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be
removed and replaced by the Contractar at his expense.
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTI�N
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting aut the liner to 9S% af the area of the
original opening, All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to
manholes which are observed ta leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered
during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City.
The Contractor will be requested to recannect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a
later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be
available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information
regarding the construction project.
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be subraaitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractar shall be responsible far cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
45.9 PAYMENT
' Payment for sanitary sewer restaration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral recannection, etc, to
provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of
' manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for
storm systems.
' SectionIV.docx Page 87 of 126 4/] 1/201 ]
L .J
C�=�
46.1
46.1.1
Section N—Technical Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING
MATERIALS
PIPE AND FITTINGS
The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight,
high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc.,
Dallas, Texas and shall confonn to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P3�) or
approved equal. Minimum cell classi�cation values shall be 345434C as re�Ferenced in ASTM D
3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall
be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to
or exceeding the compound used in the pipe.
To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall
be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied.
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
The resin used for manufactuxer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus
maintaining cornplete control of the pipe quality. The pipe sha11 contain no recycled compound
except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin af the same specification from
the same raw material. The pipe shall be hornogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks,
holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density,
rnelt index, and other physical properties.
The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion af pipe, in
plant blending is not acceptable.
The Engineer rnay request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the
pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from
manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM
standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the
testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at
selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM
D 3350, 10.1.9.
46.1.3 SAMPLES
The owner or the specifying engineer may reyuest certifed lab data to verify the physical
properties of the inaterials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and
have them tested by an independent laboratory.
45.1.4 REJECTION
Polyethylene pipe and �ttings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this
specification.
4fi.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS
Pipe supplied under this speci�cation shall have a nominal IPS (Iran Pipe Size) O.D. unless
otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as
speci�ed by the Engineer, on the construction plans andJor the scope of work.
SectionN.docx Page 88 of 126 4/11/2011
1
1
1
1
'
'
'
'
1
'
1
1
'
'
1
'
1
1
1
1
1
,
'
,
'
1
'
1
1
1
1
1
'
'
1
1
,
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE
Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gauging of the pipe. If
the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that
it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should
be cut out and removed. The undamaged portians of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt
fusion joining method.
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING
Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above
graund. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the
manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommeradations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of
meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to,
temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures.
45.3.4 HANDLING �F FUSED PIPE
Fused segrnents of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused
sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers shauld be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred.
Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid
cutting or gouging the pipe.
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS
The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes:
12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer.
16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into l 8-inch existing sEwer.
18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer.
21'/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer.
28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer.
34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 3b-inch existing sewer.
42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer.
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION
The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior ta TV inspections or
insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a
bucket and scrappEr, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will
be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to
inserting the liner.
SectionTV.docx Page 89 of ]26 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical Specifications
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS
All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by
the specifying engineer or his representative.
Insertion shaft excavations sha11 coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall
be determined by the engineer.
An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius far the
polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of
the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times
the diameter o,f the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible.
The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and
the water table.
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER
After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and
removed for the ful l length of the access shaft.
A fabricated pulling head shall be connected ta the leadirag end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be
connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer.
Power winches used for pulling in long lengths o£ polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to
the project requirements.
Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion.
Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours
shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibriuin with the sewer tetnperature and to allow
the liner pipe to stress relieve itself..
The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it
terminates.
After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner
shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets frain
forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric
properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer.
The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs
or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used ta prevent displacement.
The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of
access to the area, and the working space available.
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to con�rm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and
installation of the liner.
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED
After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manhales, pipe
connections okayed by the engineer shall be recannected to the liner pipe.
SectionlV.docx Page 90 of 126 4/11/2011
1
'
1
�
1
�
1
1
'
1
1
1
'
1
1
'
��
LJ
'
1
1
�J
1
1
1
1
1
,
1
1
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A
neaprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a camplete water
seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel
bands.
4fi.4.7 BACKFILLING
All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials ar as specified by the engineer. Cost
for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid
for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done %r any purpose,
it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the variaus utility campanies and to
determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide
adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage
areas will be arranged for by the contractor.
4G.4,8 POINT REPAIR
The engineer ar his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has
been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Fayment will be
made for each repair.
The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top
of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the abstruction, the bottom af the existing
pipe should remain in place ta form a cradle for the liner.
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS
All materials not used in the backfilling aperation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor.
Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be
graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in
street right-of ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer.
' 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE
1
'
1
1
'
1
'
C ►�i �-�«I�7 � �
This speci�cation designates general requirements far unplasticized polyvin�l chloride (PVC)
plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conv�yance of stonn
water.
Clr�+�►�iI_���:�/_1�-'�
All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled lnside Diarneter".
The pipe and �ttings shall be made of PVC plastic.
C�/iE���l��
The bell shall consist of an integral wall sectian. The salid cross section fiber ring shall be
factary assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification.
SectionlV.docx Page 9l of 126 4/11/2011
Section IV — Technical5pecifications
Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not
more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths.
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM
Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assernbled according to
rnanufactures recommendation it wi11 prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt
tight joint.
47.5 FITTINGS
All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or
approved equal and have bell and/or spigot con�gurations compatible with that of the pipe.
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT
Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the
ratio of 1.5 (one and one hal� cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1(one) cubic foot
(7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide
penetration in the operator's judgment.
Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society
for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C1S0 far Po�-tland
Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot.
Water used in the graut shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of ail, alkali,
veget�ble, sewage and/or arganic matter. Water sha11 be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per
gallon.
Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing
adequate pressure to penetrate the area.
All pressure grouting will be at the di.rection of the Engineer.
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH
GUNITE
Guniting shall canform to all requirements of "Specificatians for Materials, Proportioning, and
Application of Shotcrete (ACT 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
Michigan, except as modi�ed by those specifications.
Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnislaed, bent,
set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these speci�cations.
The purpase of this speciiication is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified
strength.
48.3 COMPOSITION
Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to
produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application.
SectionIV.docx Page 92 of 126 4/] 1/2011
'
'
1
1
1
,
L�I
'
'
'
,
1
,
1
'
'
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
' Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete
which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall
have a minimum 28-day strength of A�,000 psi.
' 48.5 MATERIALS
Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all af the requirements of the
' American Society for Testing Materials Standazd Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150
for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh nat less than 94 pounds
per cubic foot.
1
��
1
'
1
'
1
1
1
'
Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong,
durable and uncoated particles, confortning to the requirements of American Society for Testing
Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates.
Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than �% of moisture.
Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded fram fine to coarse and shall be within the following
lirnits:
Passing No. 3/S Sieve
Passing No. 4 Sieve
Passing No. 8 Sieve
Passing Na. 16 Sieve
Fassing No. 30 Sieve
Passing No. 50 Sieve
Passing No. l 00 Sieve
48.6 WATER
100%
95% to 100%
80% to 100%
50% to 85%
25% to 60%
10% to 30%
2% to 10%
Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil,
acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing
8.33 pounds per gallon.
48.7 REINFORCEMENT
Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric canforming
to the latest requirements of ASTM Sta.ndard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn
steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial
Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7.
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It
, shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspectian and identification of each
shipment.
1
1
1
Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the
inclusion oFany foreign material during rehandling.
SectionIV.dpcx Page 93 of ]26 4/11/20] ]
Section N — Technical Specifications
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION
Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and
inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all
cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45
degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive
pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets
to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping
shall be given a w�t sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement
gun shall not be less than 50 psi.
Surface pr�paration of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to
remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove
all particles from the cleaning operatian.
To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water
prior to application of gunite. Tn no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running
water exists.
48.10 PROPORTIONING
Prior ta start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a
ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior
experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be
required.
If required, the Contractor shal] provide all equipment necessary to control the actual anriounts of
all tnaterials entering into the concrete. The types af equipment and methods used for measuring
materials shall be subject to approval.
48.11 MIXING
Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all
large particles before placing in hopper of the cerraent gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to
become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer
should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes
and from the druin at regular intervals.
Water in any amaunt shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of
water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as
required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of
cement, including the water contained in the aggregate.
Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stoad 4S minutes without
being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused.
48.12 APPLICATION
Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be
placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 2� hours will drop below
32 degrees, Fahrenheit.
Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed.
Corners shall be filled �rst. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the
SectionlV.docx Page 94 of 126 4/l l/2�1 ]
'
1
1
1
'
'
'
1
,
'
'
,
1
'
'
'
1
1
�
'
1
'
��
'
C�
��
1
1
'
1
1
'
1
'
1
,
'
'
Section lV -- Technical Specifications
surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in
confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or
wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nazzle away from the work until the faulty
conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses.
Guniting shall be suspended if:
1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle.
2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected.
Gunite shall be applied in ane or more layers to such total thickness as required ta restore the
area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All
cavities, depressions, washauts and sirnilar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use af
gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds �4 inches in depth a layer of inesh
shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind
existing reinforcement.
The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical ar overhanging work must be
sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the
surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin �lm of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond
with succeeding applications.
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints or day's work joints shall be slaped aff to a thin, clean, regular edge,
preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and
adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air
� Et.
48.14 SURFACE FINISH
Nozzleman shall bring the gunite ta an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to
graund wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal.
After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove
high areas and expase low areas. Low areas shall be properly �Iled with concrete to insure a true,
flat surface.
After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish
except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings.
48.15 CURING
Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7. l(d) ar paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77
depending upon atmospheric condition.
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTI�N
During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which
may be permanently discalored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be
adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping,
brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit.
SectionIV.docx Page 95 of 126 4/11/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
48.17 INSPECTION
Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual
inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and
replaced with sound material.
48.18 EQUIPMENT
Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering eyuipment shall be either the vertical double chamber
type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize
the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized
mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type af feeder utilized should be of
sufFicient capacity that the lawer chamber may continuously furnish all required anaterial to the
delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall
have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall
by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled
by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of
drums, feed gearing and valves sha11 be cleaned as ofteii as necessary (at least once every 8 hour
shift) to prevent material froin caking on critical parts.
Nozzle: Nozzle sl�all be the prernixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle.
The �naximum length af matErial hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150
feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air
pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to ��naintain proper velocity. The following
table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of
material hose:
Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press.
(cfm) (In.) (In.) (psi)
36S 1 5/8 1 S/8 60
600 2 2 80
750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90
For each 25 feet af material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be
increased by 5 psi.
Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is o� sufficient
capacity to pravide, without interruptian, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the
langest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances rnade
for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses.
Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer
capable of producing the required material velocities.
Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the
operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line
water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line.
The water pressure shall be unifortnly steady (nonpulsating).
SectionIV.docx Page 96 of 126 4/11/2011
'
'
�
1
'
'
1
,
1
�
1
1
'
,
'
1
'
'
1
[_�
,
'
1
,
'
Section N — Technical SpecificaTions
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion af the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of
manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and rnade-in-place liner syste:ms used in
accordance with the tnanufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to
these speci�cations, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate in�ltration, provide corrosian
protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular
system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructians. All
OSHA regulations shall be met.
49.2 PAYMENT
' Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the
installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate
payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
' pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation,
including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural iill; Backfill and
compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions
, and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement af unpaved roadway and grass or
shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as
required far a complete and operable system.
�
'
1
'
'
�
'
,
1
'
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PR�DUCTS
49.3.1 MATERIALS
49.3.1.1 LINERS
Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound
vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise
stipulated. Manhole liners are ta be as large in diameter as will fit inta the existing manhole. The
contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is
solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory
certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D
3753.
49.3.1.2 MORTAR
Mortar shall be connposed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts
clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve.
49.3.1.3 GROUTING
Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Aortland Cement Type II per cubic yard of
clean, well graded sand.
SectionIV.docx Page 97 of 126 4/11/2011
5ection N -- Technical Specifications
49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the
removal of the manhole ring and corbel section.
Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls.
Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole.
Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wa11 of the
manhole and which cauld interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner.
If the shelf of the manhole inv�rt is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf wi.th mortar.
Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accoinmodate existing
inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts.
Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom af the liner into quick setting grout.
Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of graut from the annular space between the
outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existin� manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically
as passible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottoin seal in the annular
void to insure an adequate bottom seal.
Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the
existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to
seal the area around the rnanhole liner and piping.
Fill the annular space between the rnanhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with
grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhale liner due to head pressure.
Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevatian adjustments as needed.
Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage.
Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing
Sp�.
Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness
and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II
surface.
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious
liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong
Seal MS 2 product.
Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory
training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying
the Strong Sea1 MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural
cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the
application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and with the following specifications which includes:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
SectionIV.docx Page 98 of 126 4/11/20] 1
�
1
'
'
'
1
'
'
'
�
,
'
'
'
1
'
r
'
'
�
1
, Section N — Technical Specifications
3. The spray application af a pre blended cementitious mix to farm a monalithic liner in a 2
coat application.
' 49.4.1 MATERIALS
�-�
1
�
,
�49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix accarding to the manufacturer's recommendatians
and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM G109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi
3. Sond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi
4. Cement Sulfate resistant
S. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf
49.5 INFILTRATION CQNTROL
' Strong Plug shall be used to stop minar water in�ltration accarding to the manufacture's
recommendatians and shall have the following minimum requirements:
' 1. Corz�pressive strength (ASTM G109) - 6�p psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2. Band (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
'
1
49.6 GROUTING MIX
Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according
to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a rninimum
28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi.
' 49.7 LINER MIX
5trong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monalithic liner covering all interior manhole
surfaces and shall have the follawing minimum requirements at 28 days:
' 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,OQ0 psi
2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi
' 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi
4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 59b) 0% at 90% R.H.
' S. Bond (ASTM C 952) l30 psi
6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf
' Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight
shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot.
Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to
' S/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a
lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight.
' SectionIV.docx Page 99 of 126 4/11/20] ]
'
Section N — Technical Specifications
Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according
to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide
conditions.
Product must be factary blended requiring only the addition of water at job site.
Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per
cubic foot.
Cement content must be 65%-7S% of total weight of bag.
One bag of product when mixed with correct amount af water must have a wet density of 9S 108
pounds per cubic foat and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume.
Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than l/2" in length nor greater
than S/8" in height.
Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for
any heavy metal.
Manufacturer must pravide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process.
A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with tl�e first coat rough
troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray
applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling ar brush finishing to a relatively
smooth finish.
49.8 WATER
Shall be clean and potable.
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the rnixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation fram the manufacturer.
49.10 EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of
producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles
with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete
with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered.
Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete
with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine rnust be included ta power
the hydraulic system and air compressor.
49.11 INSTALLATI�N AND EXECUTION
49.11.1 PREPARATION
1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines
and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole.
2. All foreign material shall be removed from the inanhole wall and bench using a high
pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and
SectionTV,docx Page ]00 of ].26 4/11/2011
'
,
1
�
'
�
'
'
1
'
1
,
'
,
�
,
'
'
�
'
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. �'ill any
large voids with quick setting patching mix.
, 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to
the manufacturer's recommendations. Sorne leaks may require weep holes to localize the
in�ltratian during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugg�d with the
, quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe in�ltration is present,
drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout.
Manufacturer's recommendatians shall be followed when pressure grouting is reyuired.
'
'
4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting
mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material.
49.11.2 MIXING
, For each bag of praduct, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using
the Spray 1Vlate Model 3SC or 35D equipment for 30 seconds ta a minute after all materials have
been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another
' batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption
until each application is camplete.
1
1
�J
��
'
'
�
�
49.11.3 SPRAYING
The surface, prior ta spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running
water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all
cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light
troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the
bond. Not befare the iirst application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface
sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second
application made to assure a minirnum total ixnished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then
trawelEd to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the
surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the �nished coat to remove trowel
marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have
elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be rernoved and the bench is
sprayed such that a gradual slope is praduces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at
the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to
a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a
minimum of faur (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow.
49.11.4 PRQDUCT TESTING
At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or
from every SO bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or
Manufacturer's directions, for campressian strength testing as described in ASTM C 109.
49.11.5 CURING
' Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing sa lang as the manhole is covered. It is
imperative that the manhole be covered as soan as possible after the application has been
campleted.
' SectionIV.docx Page 101 of 126 4/11/2011
,
Section IV — Technical Specifications
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole rnay be vacuum tested from the top af manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of rnercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuuzn to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for farty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) secands for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch dianraeter rnanholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proc�ed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT
SYSTEM
49.12.1 SCOPE
Materials and application procedures for manhale rel�abilitation for the purpose of restoring
structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by �neans of:
1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volurne
infiltration
2. Hydrophilic grouting (pasitive side waterproofing), where required, as follows:
a. Hydrophilic foarn-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or
b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole ta stop active leaks
3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing)
4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch
5. Epaxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils
49.12.2 MATERIALS
49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT
A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to
instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The
repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The coinpound shall
have the following properties:
Set Time
Tensile Strength
ASTM C 307
Compressive Strength
ASTM -C 109
1-3 minutes
1 day S 10 psi
3 days 745 psi
28 days 855 psi
1 day 3,125 psi
7 days 7,808 psi
28 days 9,543 psi
SectionN.docx Page 102 of 126
'
'
1
1
,
�
�
�l
1
'
1
,
�
'
�
,
�
�
4/11/2011
1
'
�I
U
'
1
,
Section iV —'rechnical Specifications
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78
49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING
1 day 410 psi
3 days 8S5 psi
2$ days 1,245 psi
Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either
one or both of the following materials:
1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in
and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as fallows:
Tensile Strength
' Elongation
Bonding Strength
380 psi ASTM D 3574-86
400% ASTM D 3574-86
zso-3oo ps�
2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent
' seepage, ta provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior
of manhole. Physical properties are as follows:
' Density
Tensile Strength
Elangation
' Shrinkage
Toxicity
'
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
'
49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING
8.75-9.171bs/gal ASTM D-3574
150 psi ASTM D- 412
250% ASTM D-3574
Less than 4% ASTM D-1042
Non Toxic
A waterproofing compottent based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system
combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfac�s to
seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of �ve caats (using three
colnponents-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the
substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks
the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue far
approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are
as follows:
Slant/Shear bond 5trength to Calcium Aluminate Cement
ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi
Tensile Strength
(7 day cure)
ASTM C 190
Permeability
(3 day cure)
CRD 48 SS
49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING
380 psi (2.62 MAa)
325 psi (2.24 Ml'a)
8.l xl0 llcm/sec to
7.6x10 cm/sec
at ] 00% RH
at 50% .RH
A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and
pravide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following
properties:
Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days
SectionlV.docx Page 103 of ]26 4/] 1/2011
Section N — Technical Specifications
Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11 Q00 12000 13000
Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 100� 1500 1800 2000
Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90%I3uxnidity -- �0.04 c0.06 c0.08
Astm C 66b Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage
Astrn C 990 Pull - Qut Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile
Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3%
Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4- 5%
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied ta a thicicness of at least one half inch, but no gr�ater than two inches. It will
have a dark grey color.
49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide praiective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be
applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to c1Ean, and has no toxic fumes. its
uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the
following properties at 75 degrees F:
1Vlixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume
Color (other colors available on request)
Pot Life, hrs
Tensile Strength, psi, min
Tensile Elongation, %
Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max
Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi
49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
1:1
Light Gray
1
2,000
10 —20
5
1,800
Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK,
Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin
Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and rnany others.
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL QVERVIEW
Work shall praceed as follows:
1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client.
2. Clean manhole and remove debris.
a. Plug lines andJor screen out displaced debris.
b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease.
1
C�
1
'
1
1
�I
1
1
LJ
'
�
1
1
1
1
1
c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. '
SectionIV.docx Page ]04 of 1Z6 4/] 1/2Q11
'
1
1
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
d. Remove debris from work area.
3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement.
' (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as
required by client.
1
'
'
'
1
1
1
1
4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, ta eliminate infiltration.
5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as
needed.
6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces.
7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces.
NOTE: Steps 1-S shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calciuin aluminate (Step
6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion af epoxy (Step 7) to
cement lining.
49.12.3.2 PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the
rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is tharoughly water and/or sand blasted to
remave any loase or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from
entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective
screens.
49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAI� REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to �11
cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) rttinutes before applying
waterproofing/crystallization.
49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION C�NTROL
' Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam.
1. Drill S/8" holes through active leaking surface.
' 2. Install all zert �ttings, as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Inject material until water flow stops.
1
LI
'
1
4. Remove fittings (if necessary).
49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS
1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forming an undercoat.
2. Apply dry pawder #2 to slurry caat by hand.
3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal
forming process.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks.
S. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat.
C. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining.
' SectionIV.docx
��
Page 105 af 126
4/1 ]!20] 1
Scction IV -- Technical Specifications
49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING
1. Dampen surface.
2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application.
3. Apply cernent until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches)
has been achieved.
4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole.
5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish.
6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating.
N�TE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry arr blower shall be used to facilitate curing
times.
49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING
Spray apply epoxy coatiiig using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a
thickness of at least 30 mils has been achi�ved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6)
hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Fu11 cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours.
49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP
The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area.
�49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care ta securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump oi ten (] 0) inches of inercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop ta nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy �ve (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter ma��laoles. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be perforrx�ed by the Contractar under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12.3.10 WARRANTY
All materials and workmanship shall be warranted ta the Owner for a period of five (5) years,
provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used.
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS.
51
51.1
IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM
SCOPE
These speci�cations pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Colox Finish System over
recreatianal areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the
SectionIV.docx Page 106 of 126
1
1
�
1
1
'
1
1
1
'
'
,
1
1
'
,
1
,
4/11/2011
1
,
1
1
1
,
'
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex
System.
2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a
satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface.
3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution.
4. Flexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System
• 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer
• 2 Coats of Fartified Plexipave
• 2 Caats of Plexiflor
• Plexicolor Line Paint
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS
s ��:I_l��
Allow new asphalt ta cure a rninimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths,
' cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California
Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior ta six months may make the asphalt subject to
indentation).
' 51.2.2 CONCRETE
Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NQT PROVrDE STEEL TROWEL
, FINISH. DO NOT USE CURiNG AGENTS OR CONCRETE HA.R.DENERS. Allow the
concrete to cure a minirnum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer
accarding to California Speci�cation Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and
' other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Speci�cation
Section 10.14.
1
1
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX
Caurt Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder
1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement.
51.3 APPLICATIDN OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT
' 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level
surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied accarding ta
California Specification 5ection 10.8 using the following mix:
1
'
1
Acrylic Resurfacer
Water (Clean and Potable)
Sand (b0-$0 mesh)
Liquid Yeld
55 gallons
20-40 gallons
600-900 pounds
112-138 gallons
2. Qver asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending
on surface porosity) at a rate af .OS -.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with
California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix
' SectionIV.docx
,
Page 107 of 126
4/11/201 ]
Section TV — Technical 5pecifications
must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still
tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate
of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE
After the �ller coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted
rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix:
Plexipave Color Base
Plexichrome
Water
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION
30 gallons
2� gallons
20 gallons
1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be
diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and
pravide uniform application.
2. Apply two coats of Flexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Plexiflor is applied (in a sirni1ar manner to Flexipave) in windrows on the surface with
sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light
pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee.
Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action.
4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to
application of subsequent caats.
51.6 PLAYING LINES
Four hours minimum after completion of the colox resurfacing, playing ]ines shall be accurately
located, marked and painted. with Plexicalor Line Paint as spECi�ed by The National Jn-Line
Hockey Association.
51.7 GENERAL
1. The contractor shall remove all cantainers, surplus materials and debris upon campletion
of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner.
Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local,
State and Federal regulations.
2. Materials speci�ed for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed,
property labeled arums with Califorinia Products Corporation labels that are stenciled
with the proper batch code numbers. Praducts packaged or labeled in any other manner
will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site.
Coverage rates are based upon material prior to inixing with water as speci�ed.
51.8 LIMITATIONS
1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than 1 40°F.
2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imxninent.
3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water.
SectionIV.docx
Fage 108 of 126
1
1
,
'
'
LJ
'
1
1
'
1
1
1
'
1
1
'
'
4/I1/20] ].
,
'
1
1
'
1
1
'
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings.
5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun.
6. Keep containers tightly clased when not in use.
7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from accurring.
8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates.
9. Coefficient of friction = �.78
10. Coating Application Drying Titne: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°�' with 60% relative
humidity.
l 1. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or fareign material can cause the surface to be slippery.
In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA reco�nmended protective gear.
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START
O�' CONSTRUCTION.
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
53.1 MATERIAL
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL
53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS &� MATTRESSES
, Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of nan-raveling construction and fabricated from a
double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of
a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter oi 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge
' 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal
Specifications QQ-W-461H, passess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5,
Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current AST1V1 A-641. The weight of zinc coating
shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or
' Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or
exceed four l-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239.
1
1
,
'
,
�.J
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC
coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexaganal mesh having uniform openings of 3
1/4 inches by 4'/z inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC
coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedg� and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire
core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall
diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire
shall be of soft tensile strength (75,0�0 PST max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in
diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized
wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be
permitted in lieu of tie wire praviding the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge
joint with a strength of 12�0 lbs. per linear foot while rernaining in a locked and closed
candition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a
minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite
5ectionlV,docx Page 109 of 126 4/11/2011
Section N -- Technical Specifications
Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire �'astener
shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal.
All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance ]imit of 0.004 inch�s in accordance with
ASTM A-641.
53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not
less than 0.01 S inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist
deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show
any rnaterial difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to
attack from acids and resistant to abrasian.
1. Speci�c Gravity:
a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 ta 1.34.
2. Tensile Strength:
3
4
a. According ta ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi.
Modulus of Elasticity:
a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain.
Resistance to Abrasion:
a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss �12% (Method B).
S. Brittleness Temperature:
a. According to ASTM D-746, Frocedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade
below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but
not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade.
6. Hardness:
a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D wheil tested.
7. Creeping Corrosion:
a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall
not be rxaore than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a
SO% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be).
53.1.1.3 ACCEI.ERATED AGING TESTS
Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is
submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests:
1. Salt Spray Test:
a. According to A5TM B-] 17
b. Period of test = 3000 haurs.
2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays:
a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test =
3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade.
SectianIV.docx
Page 110 of 126
4/11 /2011
'
L_J
1
'
'
1
1
'
1
'
1
'
1
,
I�
1
1
1
1
'
1
'
Seciion IV — Technical Specifications
3. Exposure to high temperature:
a. Testing period: 240 hours at l05 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with
ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287.
53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS
' After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit
th� following properties:
, 1. Appearance:
a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable
change in color.
' 2. Specific Gravity:
a. 5ha11 not show change higher than 6% of its initial value.
1
1
1
,
1
1
1
'
�-1
1
1
�1
'
3. Durometer Hardness:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% af its initial value.
4. Tensile 5trength:
a. Shall not shaw change higher than 25% of its initial value.
5. Elongation:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
6. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
7, Resistance to Abrasion:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
8. Brittleness Temperature:
a. Cold Send Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade.
b. Cald Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade.
53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:
The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is
started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be subrnitted by the contractor or
supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a miniznum specific
gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability su�cient to insure permanency in the structure.
The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote
deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be
retained in the gabion or mattress baskets.
The stone shall meet the following physical requirements:
• Absarption, maximum 5%
+ Los Angeles Abrasion (FM l �T096), maximum loss 45%
• Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12%
SectionIV.docx Page 111 of 126 4/11/201 ]
Section N — Technical Specifications
• Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest
dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical
diameter) and shall be angular in form, Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by
weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesl� opening.
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE
Mattress wire shall confonn to the satx�e specifications as gabions except as follows:
The nominal diameter af the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866
inches minirnum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A
641, Table 3.
2. All wire shall be galvanized accarding to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The rninimum weight of
the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and
lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft, for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge.
3. Adhesion of the zinc caating to the wire sha11 be capable of being wrapped in a close
helix at a rate not exceeding 1 S turns per ininute around a cylindrical steel mandrel
having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is
completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such
an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare �ngers.
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard
Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985.
53.2 PERFORMANCE
Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabricatiaii of gabian baskets shall be in such
a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into
rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses
shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a
single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a
ma�aner that the strength and flexibility at the cannecting point is at least equal to that of the
mesh. Where the length af the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width,
they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall
be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no
additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not
ravel. This is de�ned as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections
forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of inesh is cut.
Each gabian or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The
binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single
and double loops are alternated.
A line of empty gabions shall be placed into pasitian according to the contract drawings and
binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical
reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base af the empty gabions placed on top of a�lled
line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back.
SectionIV.docx Page 112 of 126 4/11/201 ]
1
1
'
IL]
1
'
'
1
'
1
1
[��
1
1
1
1
1
'
'
'
1
'
1
�
1
1
1
1
'
,
'
'
'
1
'
1
1
�.J
Section N -- Technica] 5pecifications
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Cannecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operatian in the following manner: Gabions
shall be �Iled to ane third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to
opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full
and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one
two third height. The cell shall then be �lled to the top.
Filler stone shall not be dropped rraore than 12" into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shawn in the Drawings. The surface to r�ceive the
cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free af obstructions which may tear or
cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against
moveinent. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be
replaced ar repaired to the satisfactian af the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work
shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed ta ultraviolet light more than the
manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less.
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
54.1 SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of
plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems;
ornamental pest control; palm pruning; rnaintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces
at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance
activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractar(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street
medians including:
+ Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic;
• Trash and debris removal from the job site;
• Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces;
• Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms;
• Proper fertilization and pest control af landscape and palms (tnay be subcontracted);
• Irrigation service and repair;
• Mulch replacement;
• Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
• Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract
between the haurs of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.tn. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed
holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform cantract
maintenance at other hours.
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc.,
be completed before leaving the job site.
SectionIV.docx Page ] 13 of 126 4/11/20] 1
Section N — Technical Specifications
54.3 WORK METHODS
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service).
Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in
writing by an authorized representative o�the other party.
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated
location:
54.4 LITTER
Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of col.lected trash and
debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes,
tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility af the City to clean up. The contractar
should repart such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the
extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered.
54.5 VISUAL CHECK
The site should be checked for irregularities, such as i�-rigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or
darnaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported ta the City within 24 hours
after providing the service.
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature
size of the particular specie. Trimrning should be perfanned at intervals that will maintain plants
in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while
maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Flants
shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be perfarmed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July �ollowing
flower formation, according to the following specifications:
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY
DATE, ETC.)
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but reinove old faded
heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation;
such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boats or on the
trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed
on palms.
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL
All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the
contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion.
SectionIV.docx Page 114 of 126 4/11/2Q11
1
,
1
1
�
1
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
L_.J
1
CJ
'
1
1
1
1
,
,
1
r,
�..,
'
1
'
'
1
Section IV — Technical 5peci�cations
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the
contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specificatians.
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park
users are present. The City reserves the right ta limit the hours of operation in certain high
pedestrian use areas.
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION
All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur
coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in
mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and
amounts will change with requirements af maturing landscape materials.
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.
Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied
by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor
at his/her expense.
54.13 MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil
moisture, usually 3 inches.
54.14 IRRIGATI�N SERVICE AND REPAIR
Shauld be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing
, should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and
operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled
system running tirne. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in
, advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed ta the City in addition to
the monthly maintenance fee.
'
1
'
'
1
1
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a
less than damaging level. Landscape materials last to or extensively damaged by pests will be
replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not ta be used on
City properties.
54.1fi PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and ane pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across
the roat zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
SectionN.docx Page 115 of 126 4/11/2011
Section 1V — Technical Speci�cations
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION
The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost
sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet
to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the
sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's
directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City
will notify the Contractor ane (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to
protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it
to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the follawing afternoon or
remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about
removing the cover or keeping it in place due to cantinued freezing temperatures. The City may
cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day
(5:0� p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours rnobilization or on-site
work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit pxice for
the installation and removal of the covering fabric an a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate
per emplayee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations
with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perfarm
remedial wark as per unit basis, as directed by the City.
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE
This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7
working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no
further than ten calendar days apart.
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK
Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to
monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said campletion. It is acceptable ta leave a
phone message. However, to make certain the rnessage is received, it is advisable to call between
6:30 a.rn. — 7:30 a.in. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m.
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
Upon receiving notiiication fram the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the
following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been coinplet�d, the City
shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractar will be
given 48 hours from this noti�catian to make appropriate correctians. If the work has been
completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed.
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six rnonth
periad on plants and 12 rnonth warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate
i�-rigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the
landscape materials. lnstaller will also be responsible for the untying of palm
heads/fronds as he feels appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates.
SectionIV.docx
Page ] lb of 126
1
1
'
,
1
'
'
1
�
��
'
'
'
1
1
'
'
1
4/11/2011
'
[-�
1
1
1
1
[_�
��
1
LJ
Section IV — Technical Speci�cations
3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workznanlike manner, consistent with
trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for darnage to any plant material or site feature
caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Cantractor shall be notified in writing
of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option,
invaice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next
regular payment to the Contractar.
5. Occasionally circumstances (sta.nding water, prolonged inclement weather, parked
vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular
schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisar of such occurrences, and shall
schedule to perform the required maintenance to the lacation as soon as the pertaining
circumstances are relieved.
55 MILLING OPERATIONS
55.1 EQUIPMENT, C�NSTRUCTION � MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise nated in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be
perfarmed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
i�nilling.
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
' 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible
to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
Environmental regulations governing operation of this type of eyuipment.
�
'
'
'
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless
otherwise nated in the contract documents.
3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of
the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom
Tractor way af sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its
own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Mareover, the Contractor shall sweep
debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving
the job site.
4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled
to allow far the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface.
' S. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid itern for milling.
, 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling ar base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sectians of the
, road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for
1 SectioniV.docx
'
Page 117 of 126
4/11 /2011
Section IV — Technica] Specifications
superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed
that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of �'DOT's
St�ndard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a
failure to place the prime in a ti.mely manner shall be done to the City's satis,factian, and
at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City
approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for
milling.
9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after
the milling operation is cornplete.
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
All surplus existing materials resulting fram milling operations shall remain the property of the
City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to
schedule delivery of material.
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory
requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additianal expense to the City.
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND L�CATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their
owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall artange his schedule ta allow utility owners
the time required for such adjustments (zninimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility
adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing
operations.
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accardance with Sectian IV, Article 23.7 of the City's
Technical Specifications.
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the
pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross sectian.
B. Full Width -- This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb liile/edge of
pavernent to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry
shall rernain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
SectionlV.docx
Page 118 of 126
,
'
1
'
,
'
1
'
'
'
'
1
1
'
�
1
'
4/11/201 ] ,
L_ .1
�
[__�
Section IV — Technical Specifications
55.8 MILLING �F INTERSECTI�NS
Intersections, as well as ather areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
' restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work shauld extend
approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale.
1
r-,
J
'
�
'
1
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in syuare yards, campleted and accepted.
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of
radius returns and intersections, prirne and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's
discretion, remaval of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through
the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for constructian.
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of �'D�T's Standard
, Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the
Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in
accordance with all Local, State and �'ederal Requirements.
'
,
'
1
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and
grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay itern for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and
structures as well as all materials, hauling, eyuipment, tools, labar, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
�f�:� I,:l,l �
, The work included in this speci�cation includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble
riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be construct�d per Sectian 530 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (lastest edition).
'
'
'
,
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand-
cement, ar the dry weight in tons for rubble.
SectionIV.docx Page 119 of 126 4/1 ]/20] ]
5ection IV — Technical Specifications
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all znaterials, testing, labor, grout, hauling,
equipment, excavation, ba�kfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item far rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavatzng, backfill,
dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY
This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Flants
(WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs.
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL
The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water
reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlarite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and
ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include:
• An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns
to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided
with a capy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response
Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All ernployees of the
contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content af
these documents.
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING
Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding
employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentatian must
include:
� Verification that all employees assigned ta this job have received and understood training
in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around
gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas.
• The date of the training, and
• The means used ta verify that the ernployee understood the training.
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All tra�c signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Speci�cations (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise speci�ed in the contract dacuments
and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment,
materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit,
signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power
service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loap detectors,
SectionIV.docx Page 120 of 126 4/11/2011
�
[-�
1
C_�
'
'
�
'
� JI
1
1
'
'
,
'
'
,
,
��
�
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
pedestrian detectors, traffic contraller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of
existing traffic signal equipment, and intertaally illuminated signs.
' All tra�c signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's
Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional e�lgineer
registered in the state of �'lorida. All rnast arm calculations, as well as the geatechnical report,
' shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. A11
mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the
manufacturer.
�
�
'
All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both
the City and FDOT. Yn addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown
features.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHiBITED unless directed by the
City's Traffic Engineering Division.
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payme�t shall be speci�ed in the contract dacuments and/or plans
' and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to
complete the work per the plans.
�I
�
1
i
'
'
�
1
[���-�Cr1►11►C�`1_1`I�71��/_1:7:/1►C�7
All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specificatior►s, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and
markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular
delineators/flex posts (Sections '105 and 972).
The Cantractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or
markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No
payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-aut" areas. Omissions in striping ar
markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
fi0.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be speci�ed in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete die
wark per the plans.
[���Z�L1 �]'�'/_\'� � Crl: � � I ►C�
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 71 S and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise speci�ed in the contract documents and plans.
G1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/ar plans
' and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work
per the plans.
� SectionTV.docx Page 121 of ]26 4/11/2011
L�
Seciion IV — Technical Specifcations
62 TREE PROTECTION
62.1 TREE BARRICADES
A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land
preparation or construction activities within ar adjacent to the work zone, including all
staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater tlaan the full driplirae of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all pratected native pine trees and other conifer
species.
3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species
4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimurn of one faot anchored in
the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a znaximum distarace of eight feet apart.
Horizontal rails are to be constructed using na less than one inch by four-inch lurraber and
shall be securely attached to the top of th� uprigk►t post. The project City's representative
must approve any variation from the above requirements.
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the barrier lirnits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
remain throughout constructioza. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand taals or by ather means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
debris shall be removed frona the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier
no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No
equipment, chemicals, sail deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such
protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind sha11 be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
62.2 ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction impravements involve excavation and/or impacts ta the critical
root zone of protected trees, the Contractar shall be required to have an International Society
ofArboriculture (ISA) certified arbarist perform, ar directly supe�-vise root pruning to reduce
the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior ta
any clearing, g,rubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots rnust be severed by clean
pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be
pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand
digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment
designed far tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment ar excavation equipment is
strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be irnpacted by
SectionIV.docx Page 122 of 126 4/11/2011
'
�
1
'
i
�
i
'
'
�
'
i
,
'
,
1
,
�
�
1
��
1
1
1
'
�
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
construction activities shall be pruned ta a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade
or ta the depth of the propased impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz,
Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Warks projects for root
Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector
assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervisian of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed raot pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted)
inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is
feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated
tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihaod of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any
root pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited ta a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exception must be appraved by the City's representative prior to said
root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
dane to a minimum depth of 18" fronn existing grade, ar to the depth of the disturbance if less
than 18".
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent.
' Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, priar to
any work adjacent to trees to be preserved.
' I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones af trees ta be protected.
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree
� roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled
around to prevent damage ta the root.
1
1
K. Tree roats shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or
burlap and kept moist until final back�ll or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative rnay
require a temporary ix-irigation systern be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root
pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root
' pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional
boring as opposed to open trenching.
'
1
'
1
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or roat pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist. Furthermore, all tree wark shall canform ta the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) 2001, Arnerican National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub
and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
SectionlV.docx Page 123 of ]26 4/11/2011
Section TV -- Technical Specifications
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that rernove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree)
are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be
recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed.
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree leit on the praject in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
damaged in such a manner will not be recagnized as a tree left on the project in a healthy
growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the cur�rent City Codes and
Ordinances.
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the
current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project
information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Lacation, Schedule, and Project
Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer
shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirEments, before designing or updating the
Project Web Pages.
G3.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section
508 guidelines whenever possible:
http://www.w3.org/TR/ 1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT- l 9990505/
htt ://www.section508. ov/
In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for
images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics.
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and e�ectronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertisrng, vehicles,
apparel and signage. It should be used only in the rnanner presented here, in the proportion
shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to
fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside
vendars without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public
Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public
Communications. This is for internal use only.
SectionIV.docx Page 124 of 126 4/11/20] 1
'
1
'
1
1
,
'
'
1
'
'
1
1
,
'
1
'
�
1
'
i
1
�J
'
Section IV — Technical Specifications
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recammended ta illustrate the project; only approved graphics
should be posted to the Project Web Pages.
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back
to the City regarding the Project.
G3.6 POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web
' Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages ta a different than City's Web server, if approved,
should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformiTy
i ssues.
I 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES
' Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages
up-to-daCe, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's
Webmaster for pasting.
' 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE
'
1
'
'
1
'
1
,
64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS
When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize ane of the
following options:
Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded.
Option 2- Maintaining a rninimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350
kV an 50 feet of clearance for valtages more than 350 kV.
Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table
included in Sectian 64.2.
fi4.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES
VOLTAGE NIINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE
(nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet)
Up to 50 10
Over 50 to 200 15
Over 20 to 350 20
Over 350 to 500 25
Over 500 to 750 3S
1 SectionN.docx Page ].25 of 126 4/] 1/2011
L .J
Section TV — Technical Specifications
Over 750 to l,000 45
Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or
registered professional engineer who is a
qualified person with respect to electric power
transmission and distribution)
'
1
'
'
Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. Far example, over 50 to 200
means up to and including 200kV. '
SectionIV.docx Page 126 of 126 4/] ]./20] ]
IL. J
'
LI
'
'
'
1
1
1
'
'
1
1
1
1
��
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
��
_
IT
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
O
�
� rn
v c
�° `v
� v
r (fl
�
- 4" Drap at All Drives
5" 1"
� �—���"� Wearing Sur#ace
/ ts''::d:: _
{O
% d.�:�
% 'p � � N
� Base
j :� ; :q: �
� �� 4 � ,� � � Campacted.
6►. �.� . Subgrade . . .
��
. . /, ���% �/�\�/�\�/�\��
STRAIGHT CURB
, 3' .
N
�
Back af Curb
� � Construction S�nmetrical
About Driveway �
Face of � Wearing
Curb � Surface
3' TRANSITION AT DRf11ES
NOTES:
�. There st�aEl be a 1/2" sea� jaint between
back of curb and dri�eway.
2. Cancrete in curbs shaif be 300D psi, with
fiber mesh reinforcing.
�.
4� Drop a# AEt Drives
2"R
� 6"� 2° . � Wearing
� � 3"R ` � Surf�ce
; ,p,� , . i�
� . Q: � x �
/ :� :-:d�: co
� ���
� o� : .
f ��a�:��7;.:: :: ,-:P'� ��
; .; �.v; .. � :3/4 R �: Base
,y .% �d : :;� . ,�..: � .o.-: a
/ 't n . , . . . n-A �� . . . . .
U GK
Compacteci
� Sub�rade
•\�����i\��i\��i\�\i\�\i\�\/\��j��/ / / /t
N OTE: /�\�/�\���\��/
When used on high side of roodwoys, the cross slope
of the gutter shall match the crass slo�e of tne
adjacent pa�ement and the thickness of the iip s#�a11
be 6", unless otf�erwise shown on plans.
TYPE ! CURB
TYPlCAL CURB
CR�SS SECTIONS
CIT1` fNDE}( N�. 1Q1; 1 QF 2
N. T.S.
1" at Alf
i � Dri�es
i �'
� , ` Wearing
' � �: � � � � 5urface
� � `A ' 'D� ' •:
�•i� ;A;: : �o ,
�� ' :a: � �
I�� : ::�::: �
� / . a: � aoge
��
6" � � 18" _
� � Gompacte�i Subgracle . .
,������ �\� r\�f\�i���� � ,
�����/.�/�,�
MODiFIED CURB
I 5R �q
� 1_1�2°R
; #3 Bar .
i Car�t. /, � 4; Wearing
; \ � � 5urface
� � •
� . � ����i\� � �� 4., .
� �/�� 6,•
sase
Compacted Subgrade
�
IVOTES:
1. 7here �hall be a 1/2"
seaf joint between back
of curb and dr's�eway.
2. Cancrete in curbs shall
be 30�0 psi, wi�F� Fiber
mesh reinforcing.
�3 Sar, 10" Long,
3fi�� O.C.
TYPlCAL GURB
CROSS SE�Tk4NS
ctTY uvoex No. iat; z aF z
� N. T. S.
PIN / DOWELLED CURB
1" Drop at
VA��EY GUTTER CURB
Wearing
Surface
_...r----
Su�grade
��
g» g,r
f— 1-3/4"R
3/4"f� . Wearing
� Surface
� ?:a:•__ _ �
_ \
� � � _� _ 4. - �°: ;_
� 3I4n� �8
:%. �\ �= d � p 3 ,v Base
\ sn.
�� Compacted Subgrdde
MEDIAN CURB
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �
SECTlON A-A
iVOfTQI vQllev �utier Curb Section
]eP indor. �C��
I � ` . . . .
_�
� - — - - — --
SECTI�N B-8
� z•
�
� ,
'' , -t .ro . . i�
i
� `�`4 �b Continuous
N
SEC�IDN C-C
... p..> .y........,�
PLAN
C�N�RETE SWALE
DETAIL
VALLEY GU TTER CURB
CITY INL�Ex ND. 7p7; 1 QF 1
N.T,S.
NDTE:
5ub��t 4o City Eng�reer's nppravol.
To he used onfy n �1R1[�UP �+!i,Qtinr=c
�
�
H
�
W
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
W
�
�
��_��.�_____���____�
,
'
�
'
'
,
�
'
1
'
'
1
'
'
'
'
'
,
'
SECTION V
C�NTRACT DOCUMENTS
Table of Contents:
CONTRACTBOND .....................................................................................................................1
CONTRACT.................................................................................................................................. 3
CONTR.A,CTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FQR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 6
PROPOSALBOND ...................................................................................................................... 7
AFFIDAVIT.................................................................................................................................. S
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9
PROPOSAL...............................................................................•---••--.....-•---................................10
CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET .................................................................13
SIDDER'S PROPOSAL .............................................................................................................1�
SectionV.doc
Page i
9/27/20 ] Q
tJ
'
J
STATE OF FLORIDA
' COUNTY OF PINELLAS
SOND NUMSER:
CONTRACT SOND
KNUW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we CASTCO CONSTRUCTION, INC.
' Contractor and WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY (Surety) whose home address is ONE
PARK CIRCLE P. O. BOX 5001 WESTFIELD CENTER OHI� 44251-5001.
' HERE�NAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater,
Flarida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: SIXTY SEVEN THOUSAND
SEVEN HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND NU CENTS ($67,771.00) for the
' payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for
the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the i day of ,
2011, entered into between the Contractor and the City af Clearwater for:
�J
2011 CURS REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-OQ37-EN
' a copy of which said contract is incarporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully
copied herein.
' NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATI�N ARE SUCH, that if the
Cantractor shall in all respects cornply with the terms and conditions of said cantzact, including the
one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the cantract
' documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Cantract, Form of
Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specificatians) and the
Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be
' made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided far, and shall indemnify and save k�armless
tl�e said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or canduct, want of care or
' skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractar agents
or emplayees, in the execution oz' performance of said contract, including errors in the plans
furnished by the Contractar, and further, if such "Contractor" ar "Cantractors" shall promptly rnake
� payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or
indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution af
the work provided far in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Cantractor and
'Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the
_ said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may
be obliged to pay far the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or
' indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of
the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of
said contract.
��
i
�_.
Page 1
�
�
�
r
u
�
�
l�
'
1
�
CONTRACT SOND
�2)
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executars,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said
Owner against, and will pay any and all amaunts, da�mages, costs and judgrnents which rnay be
recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any persan or corporation by
reason of any damages arising from the performance af said wark, ar of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the rnanner of doin.g the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or
servants ar the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or se�-vants, or
the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as
aforesaid, ar athe�rwise.
And the said Cantractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs,
executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and seve�rally, to repay the owner any sum which the
Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished :For the work,
embraced by said Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the tern�s of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it
does hereby waive notice of any such cha.nge, extensian af time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness tb.e hands and seals of the parties hereto this
day of , 2011.
,
ATTEST:
'
,
, WITNESS:
' COUNTERSIGNED:
'
'
1
Page 2
CASTCO CONSTRUCTION, INC.
CONTRACTOR
:
SURETY
:
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
�
'
1
'
CONTRACT
This CONTRACT made and entered into this 3r�day of , 2011 by and between the
City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and
CASTCO CONSTRUCTION, INC. of the City of LARGO, County of PINELLAS and State of
FLORIDA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
1 That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertalcings, promises and agreements
on the part of the other herein contained, da hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
� The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in cansideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labar, fumish all materials, tools and equipment for the
� following:
' 2011 CURS REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-0037-EN FOR THE SUM OF SIXTY SEVEN
THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED SEVENTY ONE DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($67,771.00)
� In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such oth�r special
provisions and drawings, if any, which vvill be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions ta bidders, general conditions, proposal and band, which may be hereto
�attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part af this
_ contract, and all af said work to be performed and completed by the cantractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a gaad and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
1
�
1
'
1
'
'
1
'
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any af the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contain�d herein within the time specified for completion of the wark ta be performed by the
Cantractar, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any ar all zemedies provided on its behalf
and shall have the right to praceed ta complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perfozxn xn
accardance with the provisians as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND I3IS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREEY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE.
SROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARIS�NG OUT OF THIS C�NTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDER.ATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CUNDITIUNS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES
TO HOLD THE C�TY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JIIDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY
CLAIMS MADE UNDER TI3I5 CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE
CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED
CONTRACTOR, SUE-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
Page 3
�
1
CONTRACT
�2)
, In addition to the foregoing pravisians, the Contractor agrees to conform to the fallowing requirements:
' In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Cantractor agrees not to
discrirninate against any employee or applicant for employment becausE of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provisian sha11 include, but not be limited ta, the following:
1 employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
texmination; rates of pay or other forms of compensatian; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
' or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the cantracting officer setting %rth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
' The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisians in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representarives, except sub-contractors for
' standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this cantract, and in the
' event that the work ta be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then fiuther agreed that the City may deduct frorn such sums or compensation as rnay be
due to the Contractor the sum of $1000.00 er da for each day that th� work to be performed by the
� Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1=000.00 per
d� shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the wark within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
' not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractar to complete and perforni all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
' It is further mutually agreed beiween th.e City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the tertns and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
� sureties upon such performance bond to be uusatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to caver the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
, expezxse, within ten (10) days after rECeipt of written notice from the City to do so, fumish an additional
bond or bonds in such tem� and amaunts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no iurther payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and
' provisions of this cantract unril such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
performance of the wark under the terms hereof shall be campleted and furnished ta the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
,
1
1
r
�
Page 4
'
�
,
'
�
1
,
1
'
'
1
'
'
'
1
'
'
�
�
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
TN PYNELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By: '� . `T
Wil iam S. Horne, II
City Manager
Countersigned:
� ,
By: -�
Fraz�lc Hibbard,
Mayor-Councilmember
(Contractor must indicate whether Corporation,
Partnership, Company or Individual.)
(The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sigz�.. the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
far a Corporation, he xnust, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Carparation).
Page 5
Attest:
.,��d �. � �-�C
Rosemarie Call
Camilo Soto
Assistant City Attorney
)
(Cont�actor)
By: , (SEAL)
( )
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the ageement have hereunto set their-hands and seals and
have executed this A reerrrerrt., in duplicate, the Try and year first ,-,above written,
CITY OF C'LEARWAl'ER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY,, FLORIDA
r
y,.
,a n 1 (set
,
_... t _
willialr B. I'lorne, 111
City Manager Attest:;.
sf
Countersigned.- y r1 t '1
Rosemarie Call
r
City Clem ,
s
By Airli >veci tc tcrrrrr
Flunk I l l)barci,
J t�
y,
Soto
Assistant City Attorney
(Contractor must inciic�rtc whether Corporation,
Partnership, Company or hidiviclrral.}
6 �
(("ontractor)
By:
(The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sripr the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is sif rnn
ti)r a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation),
Vn„oc y
'
L
,
�
�
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORP�RATIUN FORM)
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned autharity, duly authorized to
administer oaths and take acknawledgments, , who after being duly sworn,
deposes and says:
That he is the (TTTLE) of CASTCO
� C�NSTRUCT�ON, INC. a Florida Corporatian, with its principal place of business located at 9001
126`� AVENIIE N. LARGO FLORIDA 33773 (herein, the "Contractor").
1
L�
1
'
That th� Cantractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
2011, with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as
Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of:
2011 CURE REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-0037-EN
Tlnat said wark has now been completed and the Canta'actar has paid and discharged all sub-contractors,
laborers and material men in cannection with said work and there are no liens autstanding of any nature
nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work
against the described property.
' That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements oi Chapter �13, Florida Statutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount af Contract) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
'
�
That the Owner is hereby released from any clairn which rnight arise out of said Contract.
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
, Sworn and subscribed to before me
� This
�
day of , 20
i�L�7� r1:�•� Ir1:3rJSi
, My Cammission Expires:
'
' Page 6
CASTCO CONSTRUCTION, INC.
AFFIANT
:
PRESIDENT
1
$id or
� �roposal
Bond
1
1
,
Westfield Insurance Company
West�eld GroupSM One Park Circle, P O Box SOOI
Westfield Center, Ohio 442SI-5001
KNOW ALL MEN $Y THESE PRESENTS, that we, Cast�o Co�sciuccion, Inc. ___
as �'rincipal, and
tlae WESTF]ELD INSURANCE COMPANY, an Ohio Corporation, with its principal office at West�eld Center, Ohio,
as Surety, are held and �rmly bound unto City of Clearwater
'
,
,
1
1
1
'
�
�
1
'
�
1
as Obligee, in
the penal sum of Ten Percent (] 0%) of Bid Amount __ __ DOLLARS,
lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which, wall and truly to be made, we bind aurselves,
our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, �rmly by these presents.
WHEREAS the said Principal is herewith submitting a bid or proposal for mm Curb Renlacemenc Proie�t 11-oo37-EN _
NOW THEREPORE, the condition of the above obligation is such, that if the said Principal shall execute a contract
and give bond for the faithful perfonmance thereof, if required by the contract, ar if the Principal or Surety sha11 pay the
Obligee the difference, not exceeding the penal sum hereof, between the amount of the contract entered into in good
faith to perfornn the work to which the bid or proposal relates and the amount bid or proposed by the 1'rincipal, then this
obligation sha11 be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
,
. � ...
SIGNED thls 8th day of September , z011 s'�, .i ,- -
- `-. r .� _
- , ,;r
Cy�S�"tD C_P�� 1J` " � I ;,( `"�
4-- � ' —
Principal
�� .
' BD 5046 (9-03)
�rG'�' ��`�'°- P�� - - '
Westtield Insurance Company - .
B :
Teresita A. Love Attorney-in-fact
, General
1
1
�J
'
1
r
1
1
'
��
'
u
��
'
C._J
1
Power
of Attorney
POWER NO. 0994322 00
Westfield Insurance Co.
Westfield National Insurance Co.
Ohio Farmers Insurance Co.
CER7IFIED COPY Westfield Genter, Ohio
Know All ARen by These Pr�sents, That WE5TFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIpNAL INSURANCE GOMPANY and OHIO
FARMERS INSURANGE COMPANY, carporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a"Company" and collectively as "Companies," duly
organized and existfng under the laws of the State of Dhio, and having its principal office in Westfield Center, Medina Caunty, Ohio, do by these
presents make, constitute and apppint
WILLIAM R. NARDAKER, TEFtESITA A. LOVE, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY
of JACKSONVILLE and Stata of FL its true and lawful Attarney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name,
place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver arry and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of
suretyship- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
I.IMITATIDN: THIS POWER OF ATT4RNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE
GUARANTEE, QR BANK DEP05170RY BONDS.
and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate
seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby r8tifying and confirming all that the said Attorney�s)-in-Fact may do in
the premises. 5aid appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the
WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANGE COMPANY and �HIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY:
"8e It Resolved, that the President, any 5enior Executive, any 5ecretary or any Fidelity & Surety Qperations Executive or vther Executive shall
be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney�s►-in-Fact to represent and act for
and an behalf of the Gompany subject to the fallowing provisions:
The Attorney-in-Fact. may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and
deliver, any and all bqnds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all
notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such
Attorney-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the Presidant and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary."
"6e it Further Resolved, that the signature of any Such designated persan and the seal of the Gompany heretofora or hereafter affixed to any
power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile
seal shall be valid and binding upon the Gompany with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." (Each adopt'ed at a meeting
held on February 8, 2000).
!n Wiiness Whereof, WESTFIEID INS�RANCE GOMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE C4MPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE
CDMPANY have caused these presants to be signed by their Senior Execufive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 03rd day of
NOVEMBER A.D., 200A . .
Corporate� �Sy�� �
Seals p�,. ..,@�,�
Affixed `vJ rRi� �.
�y"`IJ��ti
�,���'� ��' �'�
State of Ohio "���
County of Medina ss.:
•' i tinN �1(_��ti •.,
:' p�, �'. . 'S'L.p,'.
: cn •,.•`•71i1�L • •ym
� ;��• ���:
i�. * ���
+
f ; 1B4B ; ,'
. - o � • p
WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY
WESTFIELI] NATIONA� INSURANCE COMPANY
OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY
� ` '
By:
Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr., 5enior Executive
On this 03rd day of NDVEMBER A.D., 20Q4 , before me personally came Richard L. Kinnaird, Jr, to me known, who, being by me duly
sWOrn, did depose and say, that he resides in MedinB, Ohio; that ha is Senior ExeCUtlVe of WESTFIELD INSl1RANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD
NATIONAL INSURANCE GOMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies desCriped in and which executed the above
instrument; that he knaws the seals of said Companies; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed
by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by Ilke order.
Notarial � r •
Seal \ A� '
Affixed �tPa,���/ Sln'ks
Or�� %':qY
z�� ^f•.r
•' wlliam J. Kahelln, A rney at Law, Notary Pu6/ic
State af qhip �N ���o My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code)
County of Medina ss.: �, q ��.-
"'•.,.TE O F ��..�a
I, Frank A. C�rrino, Secretary of WESTFIEL� INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIEL� NATIONAL INSURANCE CDMPANY and OHIO FARMERS
INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said
Companies, which is stlll in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resqlutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are
in full force and eftect. q
In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center, Ohio, this �iay of
_ ,�./ ✓1�-, a. �., .�/ / � �
,,,�,�..,,,,,
�,.•`P.��nNA(. iti'•,,
z�f �i ���"g �� �;. �+�T .SG��,
, _ � M 6 �diA�'7�LI1��' -- : crn ; �,L'ii�L •' m :
- - � �� ��ry`'` �� � -- — y � •�O
- - - : - ..* .
' �. . -' :� ,= ,.,��,,.,,,•''.
�POAC2 (com6ina�dj (96•02)
�
1:. 1B48 ; ;
' � --° -- ' .
�� 1
Frank A. Carrino", Secref S4creear�'
,
,
1
1
1
,
AFFYDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a carporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COUNTY OF Q,�e,�„Cr� )
r� �
Secretary o£ �
being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue af the laws of the State of Florida, and having
its principal office at:
�I.�Q1 �ab�^ l� - �1 . Lamj� '� �e�`�4's -�
Street & Number City County State
' Affiant further says that he is familiar with the recards, minute books and by-laws of
�'°.��..v ip ��,. �`C '
. (Name of Corporatian)
' Affiant further says that �S ra.•� Cy� is ��S� ���_
(Oificer's Name) (Title)
' ofthe corporation, is duly autharized to sign the Froposal for � or, �
fvr said corporation by virtue of L��-► S
(state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of
' Directors. If by Resalutian giv da doption
� , . „R� C'��{
i\d :7 ��..
��� �A7
1 t �. . . , �, t n�� ;'� ' C, � �,
[�
1
�
'
I�
��
��
Sworn to befo�re me this Q day of _�p�tr-.1�� _, 20�
�.����Q,4EE.N IP I Q�bi�i
���� GQ' •��15SbN • B�j�,��i
� ; �c����arY 5,��0'. �
� •�4 ��� �
i�t: •
� ••� :*�
s �
�A���. •, �D`�
� � •wV \
,'rl�r�� ��f fsj A�����`\`
Notary Public
C0.r�C�.� Y• a�����
Type/print/stamp name af Notary
,,
i�\
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
, SectionV.doc Fage 8 of 14 9/27/2010
�
,
�
,
'
�
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF �,h� �U� )
��cx.c.Q ['c-S� being, first duly sworn, depases and says that he is
c�. , o� �� P n�'r.ti b., � . �
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham:
' that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with aary other
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, con�ived, or agreed, directly
or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person sha11 refrain
' from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement ar collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
' fix any overhead, pro�t ar cost element of said bid price, or that of any othex bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the propased
contract; and that all statements conta.ined in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
' has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereta to any association or to any member or agent thereof.
1
�J
C�
LJ
!=�
�l
'
1
�
,. .,:
�.,� �� r
�� �` ,��; -
r � :�� �.. �_
A��t .; -
Sworn to and subscribed before me this � day of _�_p�c�,�,ia�•� , 20�
Not ublic
���ar��ui�i�qp
.�`��\`Q�'�:N P� �A�B����i
��� C.�P •' M15SIO�y� �j),�i
� ;�cP o��ary 5, o �
: �, �� � �.�'� =
�*: �.� . I�r;
�. . . �
#EE 0408A3 % ��
��+';�, : 0�
''��"9�y`:.�•Y�naed� ��L`
'r�� p, .�c � �lkd�;:��,�`�
�������� rld 1111 N����`'`�
SectionV.doc Page 9 of 14 9/27/2010
,
�j
�
,
'
E�
��
[-�
�
'
[J
'
�
�_�
�
'
'
'
1
1
�
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
2011 CURB REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-0037-EN
and doing such other work incidental tk�ereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
2011 CURS REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-0037-EN
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even thaugh his proposal be accepted and the dacuments
signed by the bidder to wham an award is made and by those ofFicials autharized to do so on behalf of
the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be cansidered a binding contract
without a certificate from the Finance Directar that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be dane, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the foz�m and 1�gality of the contract and all
the pertinent dacuments relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder
is hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Propasal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specificatians, Plans, Supplemental Specificatians,
General Conditions, Special Pravisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigatian as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Propasal be accepted, he will can�act with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the farm
of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, rnachinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to camplete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions aa�d according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein arnd
hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds %r the following prices to �it:
SectionV.doc Page 10 of 14 9/27/2010
[-]
r
1
�
�J
C�
1
�
1
,
'
�J
�
�
1
��
�
'
1
PROPOSAL
�2)
I:f the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by tl�e City of Clearwater, �'lo�ida, and the undersigned shall
fail to �xecute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisernent herein attached, then the City may,
at its option detetmine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal
shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accampanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to
became the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the
City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this
Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be retiur�ed to the undersigned as specified herein.
Attached hereto is a bond ar certified check on i
Bank, for the sum of
i ��� (�
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
�
(Tf coxporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretaly. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the rnembers or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name af any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's
improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, rnaterialman,
agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES: ADDRESSES:
�� � ��..� C�� . 0 _� .��� �i �o � � ��" ., .�_. � ' 773
S1gIl�tlli'� 0�
�
(The bidder must indicate wheth r Corporation, art�riership, Company or Individual)
y: .�; z�
,.., ,t � .i�, (': � 1ur►
�,. -r �.� '.
� SectionV.doc Page 11 of 14 9/27/2010 -'
,
'
r
'
r
i
,
1
'
1
1
'
1
'
1
'
1
'
'
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and hxs title.
Where the person signing for a carporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by
afiidavit, show his authority, to bind the co:rporation.
�� �'~- - ��
� CG3�c� ;.' :. � ;, �� .
Principal: �S ra �� _�.,.
-r� _
By: �s r��.*-� �sa-�o - -- Title: f��Co..�J1 �; � , �" .
Business Address of Bidder: �l o° 1 � a--b� �- I�l •
City and State: p Zip Code �3 7� 3
Dated at
SectionV.doc
this � day of �PA.�p .�.�___ , A.D., 20�.
Page 12 of 14
9/27/2010
'
'
�
r
r
�
'
'
r
�
'
�
�
�
'
'
1
,
,
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
PR�JECT: 2011 CURS REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-0037-EN
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
SectionV.doc
Addendum No. � Date: � 3
Addendum No. � Date: �$'}ip l
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum Na. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Page 13 of 14
C�-s� �,e �
(Name o id er) v �.> , ,
�� y��
;=„;
' � 'i .v y_P' . �.,
�Y i.�� � �:Nf �
(Signatur of Officer) �
Q�,`�0'-�
(Title of OfFicer)
°�L���I
(Date)
9/27/2010
SIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: 2011 CURS REPLACEMENT PROJECT 11-0037-EN
BID ITEMS EST. UNIT UNTT TOTAL
Q� PRICE
1 REMOVE AND REPLACE ASPHALT (5-111) 80 SY $ p.� $ a�o.�
2 VALLEY GUTTER CURB (CITY 1NDEX 101) 2030 LF $�,�o $ �g o, oz7
3 STEEL REINFORCED VALLEY GUTTER CURB 60 LF ${�.a� $�bo0 .00
SUB-TOTAL (ITEMS i-3) $ � � �o . o0
4 10% CONTINGENCY $ � � o�
TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST (ITEMS 1-4) � Ip'71� _ o�
CONTRACTOR: S�t. o _ u�-� �`�c. ' _-
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ �o � , �1'J (N]�bers)
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ��. - s�� rei. .t d
,� e � �R a �
(Words)
THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID SASED ON HIS UNIT
PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED
FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FTGURE IS FOR INFORMATTON ONLY AT THE TIME OF
OPENING SIDS. THE CYTY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UN�T PRICES
AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE
SIDDER, IT SHALL SE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRiCES AND LUMP SUM
PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
SectionV.doc Page 14 of 14 9/27/2010